wxPython/src/mac/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 WINDOW_STYLE_MASK = _core_.WINDOW_STYLE_MASK
 106 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 107 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 108 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 109 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 110 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 111 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 112 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 113 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 114 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 115 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 116 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 117 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 118 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 119 PROCESS_ENTER = _core_.PROCESS_ENTER
 120 PASSWORD = _core_.PASSWORD
 121 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 122 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 123 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 124 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 125 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 126 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 127 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 128 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 129 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 130 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 131 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 132 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 133 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 134 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 135 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 136 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE = _core_.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 137 ST_DOTS_MIDDLE = _core_.ST_DOTS_MIDDLE
 138 ST_DOTS_END = _core_.ST_DOTS_END
 139 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 140 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 141 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 142 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 143 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 144 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 145 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 146 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 147 OK = _core_.OK
 148 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 149 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 150 YES = _core_.YES
 151 NO = _core_.NO
 152 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 153 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 154 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 155 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 156 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 157 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 158 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 159 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 160 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 161 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 162 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 163 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 164 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 165 RESET = _core_.RESET
 166 HELP = _core_.HELP
 167 MORE = _core_.MORE
 168 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 169 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 170 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 171 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 172 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 173 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 174 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 175 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 176 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 178 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 179 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 180 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 181 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 182 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 183 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 184 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 185 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 186 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 187 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 188 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 189 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 190 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 191 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 192 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 193 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 194 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 195 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 196 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 197 ID_PAGE_SETUP = _core_.ID_PAGE_SETUP
 198 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 199 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 200 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 201 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 202 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 203 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 204 ID_HELP_INDEX = _core_.ID_HELP_INDEX
 205 ID_HELP_SEARCH = _core_.ID_HELP_SEARCH
 206 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 207 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 208 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 209 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 210 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 211 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 212 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 213 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 214 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 215 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 216 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 217 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 218 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 219 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 220 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 221 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 222 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 223 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 224 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 225 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 226 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 227 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 228 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 229 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 230 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 231 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 232 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 233 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 234 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 235 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 236 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 237 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 238 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 239 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 240 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 241 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 242 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 243 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 244 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 245 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 246 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 247 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 248 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 249 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 250 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 251 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 252 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 253 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 254 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 255 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 256 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 257 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 258 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 259 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 260 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 261 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 262 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 263 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 264 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 265 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 266 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 267 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 268 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 269 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 270 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 271 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 272 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 273 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 274 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 275 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 276 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 277 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 278 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
 279 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
 280 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
 281 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
 282 PD_AUTO_HIDE = _core_.PD_AUTO_HIDE
 283 PD_APP_MODAL = _core_.PD_APP_MODAL
 284 PD_CAN_ABORT = _core_.PD_CAN_ABORT
 285 PD_ELAPSED_TIME = _core_.PD_ELAPSED_TIME
 286 PD_ESTIMATED_TIME = _core_.PD_ESTIMATED_TIME
 287 PD_REMAINING_TIME = _core_.PD_REMAINING_TIME
 288 PD_SMOOTH = _core_.PD_SMOOTH
 289 PD_CAN_SKIP = _core_.PD_CAN_SKIP
 290 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 291 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 292 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 293 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 294 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 295 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 296 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 297 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 298 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 299 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 300 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 301 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 302 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 303 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 304 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 305 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 306 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 307 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 308 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 309 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 310 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 311 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 312 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 313 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 314 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 315 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 316 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 317 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 318 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 319 UP = _core_.UP
 320 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 321 TOP = _core_.TOP
 322 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 323 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 324 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 325 WEST = _core_.WEST
 326 EAST = _core_.EAST
 327 ALL = _core_.ALL
 328 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 329 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 330 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 331 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 332 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 333 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 334 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 335 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 336 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 337 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 338 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 339 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 340 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 341 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 342 GROW = _core_.GROW
 343 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 344 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 345 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 346 TILE = _core_.TILE
 347 ADJUST_MINSIZE = _core_.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 348 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 349 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 350 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 351 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 352 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 353 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 354 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 355 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 356 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 357 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 358 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 359 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 360 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 361 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 362 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 363 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 364 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 365 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 366 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 367 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 368 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 369 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 370 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 371 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 372 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 373 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 374 DOT = _core_.DOT
 375 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 376 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 377 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 378 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 379 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 380 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 381 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 382 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 383 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 384 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 385 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 386 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 387 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 388 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 389 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 390 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 391 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 392 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 393 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 394 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 395 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 396 XOR = _core_.XOR
 397 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 398 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 399 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 400 COPY = _core_.COPY
 401 AND = _core_.AND
 402 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 403 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 404 NOR = _core_.NOR
 405 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 406 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 407 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 408 NAND = _core_.NAND
 409 OR = _core_.OR
 410 SET = _core_.SET
 411 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 412 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 413 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 414 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 415 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 416 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 417 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 418 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 419 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 420 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 421 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 422 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 423 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 424 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 425 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 426 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 427 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 428 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 429 WXK_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_PRIOR
 430 WXK_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NEXT
 431 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 432 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 433 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 434 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 435 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 436 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 437 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 438 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 439 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 440 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 441 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 442 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 443 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 444 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 445 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 446 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 447 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 448 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 449 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 450 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 451 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 452 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 453 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 454 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 455 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 456 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 457 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 458 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 459 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 460 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 461 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 462 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 463 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 464 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 465 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 466 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 467 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 468 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 469 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 470 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 471 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 472 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 473 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 474 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 475 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 476 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 477 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 478 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 479 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 480 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 481 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 482 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 483 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 484 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 485 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 486 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 504 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 505 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 506 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 507 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 508 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 509 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 510 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 511 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 512 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 513 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 514 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 515 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 516 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 517 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 518 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 519 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 520 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 521 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 522 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 523 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 524 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 525 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 526 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 527 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 528 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 529 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 530 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 531 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 532 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 533 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 534 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 535 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 536 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 537 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 538 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 539 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 540 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 541 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 542 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 543 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 544 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 545 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 546 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 547 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 548 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 549 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 550 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 551 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 552 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 553 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 554 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 555 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 556 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 557 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 558 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 559 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 560 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 561 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 562 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 563 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 564 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 565 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 566 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 567 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 568 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 569 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 570 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 571 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 572 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 573 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 574 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 575 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 576 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 577 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 578 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 579 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 580 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 581 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 582 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 583 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 584 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 585 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 586 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 587 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 588 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 589 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 590 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 591 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 592 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 593 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 594 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 595 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 596 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 597 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 598 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 599 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 600 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 601 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 602 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 603 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 604 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 605 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 606 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 607 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 608 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 609 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 610 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 611 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 612 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 613 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 614 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 615 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 616 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 617 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 618 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 619 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 620 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 621 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 622 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 623 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 624 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 625 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 626 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 627 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 628 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 629 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 630 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 631 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 632 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 633 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 634 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 635 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 636 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 637 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 638 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 639 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 640 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 641 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 642 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 643 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 644 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 645 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 646 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 647 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 648 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 649 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 650 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 651 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 652 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 653 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 654 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 655 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 656 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 657 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 658 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 659 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 660 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 661 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 662 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 663 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 664 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 665 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 666 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 667 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 668 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 669 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 670 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 671 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 672 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 673 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 674 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 675 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 676 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 677 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 678 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 679 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 680 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 681 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 682 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 683 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 684 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 685 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 686 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 687 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 688 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 689 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 690 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 691 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 692
 693 class Object(object):
 694     """
 695     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 696     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 697     """
 698     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 699     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 700     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 701     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 702         """
 703         GetClassName(self) -> String
 704
 705         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 706         """
 707         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 708
 709     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 710         """
 711         Destroy(self)
 712
 713         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 714         """
 715         val = _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 716         args[0].thisown = 0
 717         return val
 718
 719 _core_.Object_swigregister(Object)
 720 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 721 cvar = _core_.cvar
 722 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 723
 724 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 725
 726 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 727 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 728 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 742 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 743 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 744 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 745 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 746 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 747 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 748 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 749 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 750 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 751 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 752 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 753 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 754 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 755 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 756 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 757 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 758 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 759 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 760 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 761 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 762 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 763 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 764 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 765 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 766 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 767 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 768 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 769 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 770 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 771 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 772 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 773 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 774 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 775 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 776 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 777 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 778
 779 class Size(object):
 780     """
 781     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 782     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 783     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 784     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 785     """
 786     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 787     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 788     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 789     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 790     x = width; y = height
 791     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 792         """
 793         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 794
 795         Creates a size object.
 796         """
 797         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 798     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 799     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 800     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 801         """
 802         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 803
 804         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 805         """
 806         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 807
 808     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 809         """
 810         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 811
 812         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
 813         """
 814         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 815
 816     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 817         """
 818         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 819
 820         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 821         """
 822         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 823
 824     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 825         """
 826         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 827
 828         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 829         """
 830         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 831
 832     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 833         """
 834         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 835
 836         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 837         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 838         """
 839         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 840
 841     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 842         """
 843         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 844
 845         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 846         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 847         """
 848         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 849
 850     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
 851         """
 852         Scale(self, float xscale, float yscale)
 853
 854         Scales the dimensions of this object by the given factors.
 855         """
 856         return _core_.Size_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
 857
 858     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 859         """
 860         Set(self, int w, int h)
 861
 862         Set both width and height.
 863         """
 864         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 865
 866     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 867         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 868         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 869
 870     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 871         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 872         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 873
 874     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 875         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 876         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 877
 878     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 879         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 880         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 881
 882     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 883         """
 884         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 885
 886         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 887         """
 888         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 889
 890     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 891         """
 892         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 893
 894         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 895         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 896         """
 897         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 898
 899     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 900         """
 901         Get() -> (width,height)
 902
 903         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 904         """
 905         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 906
 907     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 908     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 909     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 910     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 911     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 912     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 913         if index == 0: self.width = val
 914         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 915         else: raise IndexError
 916     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 917     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 918     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 919
 920 _core_.Size_swigregister(Size)
 921
 922 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 923
 924 class RealPoint(object):
 925     """
 926     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 927     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 928     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 929     """
 930     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 931     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 932     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 933     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 934     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 935         """
 936         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 937
 938         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 939         """
 940         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 941     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 942     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 943     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 944         """
 945         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 946
 947         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 948         """
 949         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 950
 951     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 952         """
 953         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 954
 955         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 956         """
 957         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 958
 959     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 960         """
 961         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 962
 963         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 964         """
 965         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 966
 967     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 968         """
 969         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 970
 971         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 972         """
 973         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 974
 975     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 976         """
 977         Set(self, double x, double y)
 978
 979         Set both the x and y properties
 980         """
 981         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 982
 983     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 984         """
 985         Get() -> (x,y)
 986
 987         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 988         """
 989         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 990
 991     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 992     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 993     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
 994     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 995     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 996     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 997         if index == 0: self.x = val
 998         elif index == 1: self.y = val
 999         else: raise IndexError
1000     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1001     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1002     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
1003
1004 _core_.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
1005
1006 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1007
1008 class Point(object):
1009     """
1010     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1011     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1012     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1013     """
1014     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1015     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1016     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1017     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1018     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1019         """
1020         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1021
1022         Create a wx.Point object
1023         """
1024         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1025     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1026     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1027     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1028         """
1029         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1030
1031         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1032         """
1033         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1034
1035     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1036         """
1037         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1038
1039         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1040         """
1041         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1042
1043     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1044         """
1045         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1046
1047         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1048         """
1049         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1050
1051     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1052         """
1053         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1054
1055         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1056         """
1057         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1058
1059     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1060         """
1061         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1062
1063         Add pt to this object.
1064         """
1065         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1066
1067     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1068         """
1069         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1070
1071         Subtract pt from this object.
1072         """
1073         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1074
1075     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1076         """
1077         Set(self, long x, long y)
1078
1079         Set both the x and y properties
1080         """
1081         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1082
1083     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1084         """
1085         Get() -> (x,y)
1086
1087         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1088         """
1089         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1090
1091     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1092     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1093     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1094     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1095     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1096     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1097         if index == 0: self.x = val
1098         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1099         else: raise IndexError
1100     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1101     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1102     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1103
1104 _core_.Point_swigregister(Point)
1105
1106 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1107
1108 class Rect(object):
1109     """
1110     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1111     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1112     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1113     """
1114     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1115     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1116     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1117         """
1118         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1119
1120         Create a new Rect object.
1121         """
1122         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1123     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1124     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1125     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1126         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1127         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1128
1129     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1130         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1131         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1132
1133     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1134         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1135         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1136
1137     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1138         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1139         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1140
1141     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1142         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1143         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1144
1145     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1146         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1147         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1148
1149     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1150         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1151         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1152
1153     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1154         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1155         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1156
1157     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1158         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1159         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1160
1161     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1162         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1163         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1164
1165     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1166         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1167         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1168
1169     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1170         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1171         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1172
1173     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1174         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1175         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1176
1177     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1178         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1179         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1180
1181     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1182         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1183         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1184
1185     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1186         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1187         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1188
1189     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1190         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1191         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1192
1193     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1194         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1195         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1196
1197     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1198         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1199         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1200
1201     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1202         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1203         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1204
1205     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1206         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1207         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1208
1209     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1210         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1211         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1212
1213     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1214         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1215         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1216
1217     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1218         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1219         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1220
1221     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1222         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1223         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1224
1225     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1226     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1227     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1228     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1229     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1230     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1231
1232     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1233         """
1234         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1235
1236         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1237
1238         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1239         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1240         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1241         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1242         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1243         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1244         direction.
1245
1246         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1247         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1248         first::
1249
1250             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1251             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1252
1253
1254         """
1255         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1256
1257     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1258         """
1259         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1260
1261         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1262         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1263         `Inflate` for a full description.
1264         """
1265         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1266
1267     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1268         """
1269         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1270
1271         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1272         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1273         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1274         """
1275         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1276
1277     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1278         """
1279         Offset(self, Point pt)
1280
1281         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1282         """
1283         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1284
1285     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1286         """
1287         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1288
1289         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1290         """
1291         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1292
1293     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1294         """
1295         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1296
1297         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1298         """
1299         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1300
1301     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1302         """
1303         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1304
1305         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1306         """
1307         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1308
1309     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1310         """
1311         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1312
1313         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1314         """
1315         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1316
1317     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1318         """
1319         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1320
1321         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1322         """
1323         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1324
1325     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1326         """
1327         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1328
1329         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1330         """
1331         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1332
1333     def InsideXY(*args, **kwargs):
1334         """
1335         InsideXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1336
1337         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1338         """
1339         return _core_.Rect_InsideXY(*args, **kwargs)
1340
1341     def Inside(*args, **kwargs):
1342         """
1343         Inside(self, Point pt) -> bool
1344
1345         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1346         """
1347         return _core_.Rect_Inside(*args, **kwargs)
1348
1349     def InsideRect(*args, **kwargs):
1350         """
1351         InsideRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1352
1353         Returns ``True`` if the given rectangle is completely inside this
1354         rectangle or touches its boundary.
1355         """
1356         return _core_.Rect_InsideRect(*args, **kwargs)
1357
1358     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1359         """
1360         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1361
1362         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1363         """
1364         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1365
1366     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1367         """
1368         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1369
1370         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1371         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1372         """
1373         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1374
1375     CentreIn = CenterIn
1376     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1377     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1378     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1379     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1380     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1381         """
1382         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1383
1384         Set all rectangle properties.
1385         """
1386         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1387
1388     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1389         """
1390         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1391
1392         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1393         """
1394         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1395
1396     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1397     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1398     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1399     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1400     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1401     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1402         if index == 0: self.x = val
1403         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1404         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1405         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1406         else: raise IndexError
1407     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1408     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1409     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1410
1411 _core_.Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1412
1413 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1414     """
1415     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1416
1417     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1418     """
1419     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1420     return val
1421
1422 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1423     """
1424     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1425
1426     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1427     """
1428     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1429     return val
1430
1431 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1432     """
1433     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1434
1435     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1436     """
1437     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1438     return val
1439
1440
1441 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1442   """
1443     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1444
1445     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1446     """
1447   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1448 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1449
1450 class Point2D(object):
1451     """
1452     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1453     with floating point values.
1454     """
1455     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1456     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1457     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1458         """
1459         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1460
1461         Create a w.Point2D object.
1462         """
1463         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1464     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1465         """
1466         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1467
1468         Convert to integer
1469         """
1470         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1471
1472     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1473         """
1474         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1475
1476         Convert to integer
1477         """
1478         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1479
1480     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1481         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1482         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1483
1484     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1485         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1486         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1487
1488     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1489         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1490         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1491
1492     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1493         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1494         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1495
1496     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1497         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1498         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1499     def Normalize(self):
1500         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1501
1502     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1503         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1504         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1505
1506     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1507         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1508         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1509
1510     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1511         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1512         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1513
1514     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1515         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1516         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1517
1518     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1519         """
1520         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1521
1522         the reflection of this point
1523         """
1524         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1525
1526     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1527         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1528         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1529
1530     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1531         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1532         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1533
1534     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1535         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1536         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1537
1538     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1539         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1540         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1541
1542     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1543         """
1544         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1545
1546         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1547         """
1548         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1549
1550     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1551         """
1552         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1553
1554         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1555         """
1556         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1557
1558     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1559     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1560     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1561         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1562         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1563
1564     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1565         """
1566         Get() -> (x,y)
1567
1568         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1569         """
1570         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1571
1572     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1573     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1574     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1575     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1576     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1577     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1578         if index == 0: self.x = val
1579         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1580         else: raise IndexError
1581     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1582     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1583     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1584
1585 _core_.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1586
1587 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1588     """
1589     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1590
1591     Create a w.Point2D object.
1592     """
1593     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1594     return val
1595
1596 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1597     """
1598     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1599
1600     Create a w.Point2D object.
1601     """
1602     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1603     return val
1604
1605 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1606
1607 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1608 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1609 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1610 class InputStream(object):
1611     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1612     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1613     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1614     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1615         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1616         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1617     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1618     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1619     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1620         """close(self)"""
1621         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1622
1623     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1624         """flush(self)"""
1625         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
1626
1627     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
1628         """eof(self) -> bool"""
1629         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
1630
1631     def read(*args, **kwargs):
1632         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1633         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
1634
1635     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
1636         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1637         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
1638
1639     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
1640         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1641         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
1642
1643     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
1644         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1645         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
1646
1647     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
1648         """tell(self) -> int"""
1649         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
1650
1651     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
1652         """Peek(self) -> char"""
1653         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
1654
1655     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
1656         """GetC(self) -> char"""
1657         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
1658
1659     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
1660         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1661         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
1662
1663     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1664         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1665         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1666
1667     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
1668         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1669         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
1670
1671     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
1672         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1673         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
1674
1675     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
1676         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1677         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
1678
1679     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
1680         """TellI(self) -> long"""
1681         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
1682
1683 _core_.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
1684 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
1685 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
1686
1687 class OutputStream(object):
1688     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1689     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1690     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1691     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1692     def write(*args, **kwargs):
1693         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
1694         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
1695
1696     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
1697         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
1698         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
1699
1700 _core_.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
1701
1702 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1703
1704 class FSFile(Object):
1705     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
1706     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1707     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1708     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1709         """
1710         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
1711             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
1712         """
1713         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
1714     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
1715     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1716     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
1717         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
1718         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
1719
1720     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1721         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1722         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1723
1724     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1725         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
1726         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1727
1728     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1729         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
1730         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1731
1732     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
1733         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
1734         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
1735
1736 _core_.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
1737
1738 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
1739     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
1740     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1741     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1742     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1743     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
1744     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1745 _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
1746
1747 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1748     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
1749     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1750     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1751     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1752         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
1753         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1754         self._setCallbackInfo(self, FileSystemHandler)
1755
1756     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
1757         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
1758         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
1759
1760     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1761         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1762         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1763
1764     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1765         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1766         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1767
1768     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1769         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1770         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1771
1772     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1773         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1774         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1775
1776     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
1777         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
1778         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
1779
1780     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1781         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1782         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1783
1784     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1785         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
1786         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1787
1788     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1789         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1790         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1791
1792     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
1793         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
1794         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
1795
1796 _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
1797
1798 class FileSystem(Object):
1799     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
1800     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1801     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1802     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1803         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
1804         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
1805     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
1806     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1807     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
1808         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
1809         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
1810
1811     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
1812         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
1813         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
1814
1815     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1816         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
1817         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1818
1819     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1820         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1821         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1822
1823     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1824         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1825         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1826
1827     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1828         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1829         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1830
1831     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
1832     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
1833         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
1834         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
1835
1836     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
1837     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1838         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1839         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1840
1841     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
1842     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1843         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1844         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1845
1846     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
1847 _core_.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
1848
1849 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1850   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1851   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1852
1853 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
1854   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
1855   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
1856
1857 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1858   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1859   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1860
1861 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1862   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1863   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1864
1865 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1866     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
1867     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1868     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1869     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1870         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
1871         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1872     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1873         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1874         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1875
1876     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1877         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1878         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1879
1880 _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
1881
1882 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1883     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
1884     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1885     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1886     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1887         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
1888         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1889     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1890         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1891         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1892
1893     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1894         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1895         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1896
1897     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1898         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1899         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1900
1901     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1902         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1903         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1904
1905 _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
1906
1907
1908 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
1909   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
1910   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
1911
1912 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
1913   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
1914   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
1915
1916 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
1917   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
1918   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
1919 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
1920     """
1921     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
1922     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
1923     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
1924     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
1925     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
1926     """
1927     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
1928         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1929     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
1930         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1931     elif type(dataItem) == str:
1932         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
1933     else:
1934         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
1935
1936 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1937     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
1938     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1939     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1940     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1941         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
1942         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1943     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1944         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1945         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1946
1947     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
1948     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
1949     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1950         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1951         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1952
1953     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1954         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1955         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1956
1957     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1958         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1959         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1960
1961     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1962         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1963         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1964
1965 _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
1966
1967 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1968   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1969   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1970
1971 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
1972 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
1973 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
1974 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1975
1976 class ImageHandler(Object):
1977     """
1978     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
1979     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
1980     normally seen by the application.
1981     """
1982     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1983     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1984     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1985     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
1986         """GetName(self) -> String"""
1987         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
1988
1989     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
1990         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
1991         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
1992
1993     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
1994         """GetType(self) -> long"""
1995         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
1996
1997     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1998         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1999         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2000
2001     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2002         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
2003         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2004
2005     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2006         """CanReadStream(self, InputStream stream) -> bool"""
2007         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2008
2009     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
2010         """SetName(self, String name)"""
2011         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
2012
2013     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2014         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
2015         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2016
2017     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
2018         """SetType(self, long type)"""
2019         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
2020
2021     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2022         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2023         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2024
2025 _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2026
2027 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2028     """
2029     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2030     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2031     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2032     the following methods::
2033
2034         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2035             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2036
2037         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2038             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2039
2040         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2041             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2042                this handler's image file format.'''
2043
2044         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2045             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2046                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2047
2048     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2049     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2050     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2051
2052     """
2053     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2054     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2055     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2056         """
2057         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2058
2059         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2060         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2061         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2062         the following methods::
2063
2064             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2065                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2066
2067             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2068                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2069
2070             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2071                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2072                    this handler's image file format.'''
2073
2074             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2075                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2076                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2077
2078         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2079         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2080         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2081
2082         """
2083         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2084         self._SetSelf(self)
2085
2086     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2087         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2088         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2089
2090 _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2091
2092 class ImageHistogram(object):
2093     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2094     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2095     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2096     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2097         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2098         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2099     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2100         """
2101         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2102
2103         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2104         """
2105         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2106
2107     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2108     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2109         """
2110         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2111
2112         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2113         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2114         success flag and rgb values.
2115         """
2116         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2117
2118     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2119         """
2120         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2121
2122         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2123         key value from a RGB tripple.
2124         """
2125         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2126
2127     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2128         """
2129         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2130
2131         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2132         """
2133         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2134
2135     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2136         """
2137         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2138
2139         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2140         """
2141         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2142
2143 _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2144
2145 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2146   """
2147     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2148
2149     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2150     """
2151   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2152
2153 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2154     """
2155     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2156     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2157     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2158     color space.
2159     """
2160     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2161     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2162     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2163         """
2164         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2165
2166         Constructor.
2167         """
2168         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2169     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2170     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2171     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2172 _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2173
2174 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2175     """
2176     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2177     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2178     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2179     color space.
2180     """
2181     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2182     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2183     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2184         """
2185         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2186
2187         Constructor.
2188         """
2189         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2190     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2191     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2192     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2193 _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2194
2195 class Image(Object):
2196     """
2197     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2198     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2199     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2200     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2201
2202     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2203     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2204     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2205     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2206
2207     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2208     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2209     bitmap object.
2210
2211     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2212     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2213     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2214     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2215     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2216
2217     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2218     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2219     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2220     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2221     """
2222     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2223     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2224     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2225         """
2226         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2227
2228         Loads an image from a file.
2229         """
2230         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2231     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2232     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2233     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2234         """
2235         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2236
2237         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2238         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2239         """
2240         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2241
2242     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2243         """
2244         Destroy(self)
2245
2246         Destroys the image data.
2247         """
2248         val = _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2249         args[0].thisown = 0
2250         return val
2251
2252     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2253         """
2254         Scale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2255
2256         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2257         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2258         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.
2259         """
2260         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2261
2262     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2263         """
2264         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2265
2266         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2267         """
2268         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2269
2270     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2271         """
2272         Rescale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2273
2274         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2275         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2276
2277         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2278         """
2279         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2280
2281     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2282         """
2283         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2284
2285         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2286         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2287         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2288         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2289         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2290         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2291         newly exposed areas.
2292
2293         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2294         """
2295         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2296
2297     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2298         """
2299         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2300
2301         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2302         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2303         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2304         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2305         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2306         """
2307         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2308
2309     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2310         """
2311         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2312
2313         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2314         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2315         safe way to manipulate the data.
2316         """
2317         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2318
2319     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2320         """
2321         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2322
2323         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2324         """
2325         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2326
2327     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2328         """
2329         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2330
2331         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2332         """
2333         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2334
2335     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2336         """
2337         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2338
2339         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2340         """
2341         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2342
2343     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2344         """
2345         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2346
2347         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2348         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2349         for this.
2350         """
2351         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2352
2353     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2354         """
2355         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2356
2357         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2358         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2359         this.
2360
2361         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2362         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2363         the fully opaque pixels.
2364         """
2365         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2366
2367     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2368         """
2369         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2370
2371         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2372         """
2373         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2374
2375     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2376         """
2377         InitAlpha(self)
2378
2379         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2380         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2381         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2382         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2383         """
2384         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2385
2386     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2387         """
2388         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2389
2390         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2391         than the spcified threshold.
2392         """
2393         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2394
2395     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2396         """
2397         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2398
2399         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2400         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2401         success flag and rgb values.
2402         """
2403         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2404
2405     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2406         """
2407         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2408
2409         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2410         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2411         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2412         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2413
2414         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2415         nothing.
2416         """
2417         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2418
2419     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2420         """
2421         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2422
2423         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2424         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2425         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2426         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2427         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2428         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2429         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2430         """
2431         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2432
2433     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2434         """
2435         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2436
2437         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2438         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2439         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2440         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2441         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2442
2443         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2444         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2445         mask was successfully applied.
2446
2447         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2448         computationally intensive operation.
2449         """
2450         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2451
2452     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2453         """
2454         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2455
2456         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2457         """
2458         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2459
2460     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2461     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2462         """
2463         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2464
2465         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2466         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2467         the number of available images.
2468         """
2469         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2470
2471     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2472     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2473         """
2474         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2475
2476         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2477         library will try to autodetect the format.
2478         """
2479         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2480
2481     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2482         """
2483         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2484
2485         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2486         string.
2487         """
2488         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2489
2490     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2491         """
2492         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2493
2494         Saves an image in the named file.
2495         """
2496         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2497
2498     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2499         """
2500         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2501
2502         Saves an image in the named file.
2503         """
2504         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2505
2506     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2507         """
2508         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2509
2510         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2511         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2512         object.
2513         """
2514         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2515
2516     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2517     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2518         """
2519         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2520
2521         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2522         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2523         autodetect the format.
2524         """
2525         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2526
2527     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2528         """
2529         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2530
2531         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2532         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2533         """
2534         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2535
2536     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
2537         """
2538         Ok(self) -> bool
2539
2540         Returns true if image data is present.
2541         """
2542         return _core_.Image_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
2543
2544     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2545         """
2546         GetWidth(self) -> int
2547
2548         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2549         """
2550         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2551
2552     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
2553         """
2554         GetHeight(self) -> int
2555
2556         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2557         """
2558         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
2559
2560     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
2561         """
2562         GetSize(self) -> Size
2563
2564         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2565         """
2566         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
2567
2568     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
2569         """
2570         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2571
2572         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2573         entirely to the image.
2574         """
2575         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
2576
2577     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
2578         """
2579         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2580
2581         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2582         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2583         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2584         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2585         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2586         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2587         newly exposed areas.
2588         """
2589         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
2590
2591     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
2592         """
2593         Copy(self) -> Image
2594
2595         Returns an identical copy of the image.
2596         """
2597         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
2598
2599     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
2600         """
2601         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2602
2603         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2604         and any out of bounds problems.
2605         """
2606         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
2607
2608     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
2609         """
2610         GetData(self) -> PyObject
2611
2612         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2613         """
2614         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
2615
2616     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
2617         """
2618         SetData(self, buffer data)
2619
2620         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
2621         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
2622         the data must be width*height*3.
2623         """
2624         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
2625
2626     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2627         """
2628         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2629
2630         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
2631         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
2632         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2633         """
2634         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2635
2636     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2637         """
2638         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
2639
2640         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
2641         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2642         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
2643         """
2644         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2645
2646     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2647         """
2648         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
2649
2650         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
2651         """
2652         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2653
2654     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2655         """
2656         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
2657
2658         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
2659         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
2660         data must be width*height.
2661         """
2662         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2663
2664     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2665         """
2666         GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2667
2668         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the Alpha
2669         data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do not
2670         use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2671         """
2672         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2673
2674     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2675         """
2676         SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)
2677
2678         Sets the internal image alpha pointer to point at a Python buffer
2679         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2680         ensure that the buffer object lives as long as the wx.Image does.
2681         """
2682         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2683
2684     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2685         """
2686         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2687
2688         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
2689         mask).
2690         """
2691         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2692
2693     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2694         """
2695         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
2696
2697         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
2698         """
2699         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2700
2701     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
2702         """
2703         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
2704
2705         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
2706         """
2707         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
2708
2709     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2710         """
2711         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
2712
2713         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
2714         """
2715         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2716
2717     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2718         """
2719         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
2720
2721         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
2722         """
2723         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2724
2725     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
2726         """
2727         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
2728
2729         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
2730         determined by the current mask colour.
2731         """
2732         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
2733
2734     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
2735         """
2736         HasMask(self) -> bool
2737
2738         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
2739         """
2740         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
2741
2742     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
2743         """
2744         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
2745             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
2746
2747         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
2748         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
2749         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
2750         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
2751         will be used as the fill colour.
2752
2753         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
2754         """
2755         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
2756
2757     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
2758         """
2759         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
2760
2761         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
2762         indicated by ``clockwise``.
2763         """
2764         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
2765
2766     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
2767         """
2768         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
2769
2770         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
2771         indicates the orientation.
2772         """
2773         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
2774
2775     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
2776         """
2777         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
2778
2779         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
2780         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
2781         """
2782         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
2783
2784     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
2785         """
2786         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
2787
2788         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
2789         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
2790         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
2791         """
2792         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
2793
2794     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
2795         """
2796         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
2797
2798         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
2799         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
2800         colour everywhere else.
2801         """
2802         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
2803
2804     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2805         """
2806         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
2807
2808         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
2809         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
2810         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
2811         """
2812         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2813
2814     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2815         """
2816         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
2817
2818         Sets an image option as an integer.
2819         """
2820         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2821
2822     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2823         """
2824         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
2825
2826         Gets the value of an image handler option.
2827         """
2828         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2829
2830     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2831         """
2832         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
2833
2834         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
2835         option is not present, the function returns 0.
2836         """
2837         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2838
2839     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
2840         """
2841         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
2842
2843         Returns true if the given option is present.
2844         """
2845         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
2846
2847     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
2848         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
2849         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
2850
2851     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
2852         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
2853         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
2854
2855     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2856         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2857         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2858
2859     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2860     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2861         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2862         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2863
2864     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
2865     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2866         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
2867         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2868
2869     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2870     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2871         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
2872         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2873
2874     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
2875     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
2876         """
2877         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
2878
2879         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
2880         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
2881         dialog boxes.
2882         """
2883         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
2884
2885     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
2886     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2887         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
2888         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2889
2890     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2891         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
2892         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2893
2894     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
2895         """
2896         RotateHue(self, double angle)
2897
2898         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
2899         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
2900         """
2901         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
2902
2903     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
2904         """
2905         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
2906
2907         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
2908         """
2909         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
2910
2911     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
2912     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2913         """
2914         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
2915
2916         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
2917         """
2918         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2919
2920     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
2921     def __nonzero__(self): return self.Ok()
2922 _core_.Image_swigregister(Image)
2923
2924 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
2925     """
2926     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2927
2928     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
2929     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
2930     """
2931     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
2932     return val
2933
2934 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
2935     """
2936     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2937
2938     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2939     object.
2940     """
2941     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
2942     return val
2943
2944 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
2945     """
2946     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2947
2948     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2949     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
2950     """
2951     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
2952     return val
2953
2954 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
2955     """
2956     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
2957
2958     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
2959     pixels to black.
2960     """
2961     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
2962     return val
2963
2964 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2965     """
2966     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
2967
2968     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
2969     """
2970     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2971     return val
2972
2973 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
2974     """
2975     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
2976
2977     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
2978     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
2979     must be width*height*3.
2980     """
2981     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
2982     return val
2983
2984 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2985     """
2986     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
2987
2988     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
2989     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
2990     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
2991     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
2992     """
2993     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2994     return val
2995
2996 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2997   """
2998     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2999
3000     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
3001     """
3002   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
3003
3004 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
3005   """
3006     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
3007
3008     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
3009     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
3010     the number of available images.
3011     """
3012   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
3013
3014 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
3015   """
3016     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
3017
3018     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
3019     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
3020     object.
3021     """
3022   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
3023
3024 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3025   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3026   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3027
3028 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3029   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3030   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3031
3032 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3033   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3034   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3035
3036 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3037   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3038   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3039
3040 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3041   """
3042     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3043
3044     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3045     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3046     dialog boxes.
3047     """
3048   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3049
3050 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3051   """
3052     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3053
3054     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3055     """
3056   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3057
3058 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3059   """
3060     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3061
3062     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3063     """
3064   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3065
3066
3067 def _ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3068   """_ImageFromBuffer(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha=None) -> Image"""
3069   return _core_._ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3070 def ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer=None):
3071     """
3072     Creates a `wx.Image` from the data in dataBuffer.  The dataBuffer
3073     parameter must be a Python object that implements the buffer interface, or
3074     is convertable to a buffer object, such as a string, array, etc.  The
3075     dataBuffer object is expected to contain a series of RGB bytes and be
3076     width*height*3 bytes long.  A buffer object can optionally be supplied for
3077     the image's alpha channel data, and it is expected to be width*height
3078     bytes long.
3079
3080     The wx.Image will be created with its data and alpha pointers initialized
3081     to the memory address pointed to by the buffer objects, thus saving the
3082     time needed to copy the image data from the buffer object to the wx.Image.
3083     While this has advantages, it also has the shoot-yourself-in-the-foot
3084     risks associated with sharing a C pointer between two objects.
3085
3086     To help alleviate the risk a reference to the data and alpha buffer
3087     objects are kept with the wx.Image, so that they won't get deleted until
3088     after the wx.Image is deleted.  However please be aware that it is not
3089     guaranteed that an object won't move its memory buffer to a new location
3090     when it needs to resize its contents.  If that happens then the wx.Image
3091     will end up referring to an invalid memory location and could cause the
3092     application to crash.  Therefore care should be taken to not manipulate
3093     the objects used for the data and alpha buffers in a way that would cause
3094     them to change size.
3095     """
3096     if not isinstance(dataBuffer, buffer):
3097         dataBuffer = buffer(dataBuffer)
3098     if alphaBuffer is not None and not isinstance(alphaBuffer, buffer):
3099         alphaBuffer = buffer(alphaBuffer)
3100     image = _core_._ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer)
3101     image._buffer = dataBuffer
3102     image._alpha = alphaBuffer
3103     return image
3104
3105 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3106     """
3107     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3108     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3109     """
3110     pass
3111
3112 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3113 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3114 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3115 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3116 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3117 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3118 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3119 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3120 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3121 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3122 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3123 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3124 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3125 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3126 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3127     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3128     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3129     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3130     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3131         """
3132         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3133
3134         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3135         """
3136         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3137 _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3138 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3139 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3140 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3141 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3142 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3143 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3144 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3145 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3146 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3147 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3148 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3149 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3150 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3151 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3152 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3153 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3154
3155 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3156     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3157     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3158     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3159     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3160         """
3161         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3162
3163         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3164         """
3165         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3166 _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3167
3168 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3169     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3170     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3171     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3172     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3173         """
3174         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3175
3176         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3177         """
3178         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3179 _core_.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3180
3181 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3182     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3183     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3184     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3185     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3186         """
3187         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3188
3189         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3190         """
3191         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3192 _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3193
3194 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3195     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3196     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3197     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3198     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3199         """
3200         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3201
3202         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3203         """
3204         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3205 _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3206
3207 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3208     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3209     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3210     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3211     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3212         """
3213         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3214
3215         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3216         """
3217         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3218 _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3219
3220 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3221     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3222     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3223     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3224     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3225         """
3226         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3227
3228         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3229         """
3230         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3231 _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3232
3233 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3234     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3235     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3236     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3237     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3238         """
3239         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3240
3241         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3242         """
3243         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3244 _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3245
3246 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3247     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3248     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3249     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3250     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3251         """
3252         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3253
3254         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3255         """
3256         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3257 _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3258
3259 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3260     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3261     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3262     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3263     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3264         """
3265         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3266
3267         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3268         """
3269         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3270 _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3271
3272 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3273     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3274     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3275     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3276     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3277         """
3278         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3279
3280         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3281         """
3282         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3283 _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3284
3285 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3286 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3287 class Quantize(object):
3288     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3289     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3290     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3291     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3292     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3293         """
3294         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3295
3296         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3297         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3298         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3299         """
3300         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3301
3302     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3303 _core_.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3304
3305 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3306   """
3307     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3308
3309     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3310     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3311     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3312     """
3313   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3314
3315 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3316
3317 class EvtHandler(Object):
3318     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3319     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3320     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3321     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3322         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3323         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3324     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3325         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3326         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3327
3328     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3329         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3330         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3331
3332     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3333         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3334         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3335
3336     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3337         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3338         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3339
3340     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3341         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3342         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3343
3344     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3345         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3346         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3347
3348     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3349         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3350         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3351
3352     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3353         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3354         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3355
3356     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3357         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3358         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3359
3360     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3361         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3362         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3363
3364     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3365         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3366         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3367
3368     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3369         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3370         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3371         args[0].thisown = 0
3372         return val
3373
3374     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3375         """
3376         Bind an event to an event handler.
3377
3378         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3379                       type of event to bind,
3380
3381         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3382                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3383                       disconnect an event handler.
3384
3385         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3386                       different window than self, but you still
3387                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3388                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3389                       passing the source of the event, the event
3390                       handling system is able to differentiate
3391                       between the same event type from different
3392                       controls.
3393
3394         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3395                    of instance.
3396
3397         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3398                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3399         """
3400         if source is not None:
3401             id  = source.GetId()
3402         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3403
3404     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3405         """
3406         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3407         Returns True if successful.
3408         """
3409         if source is not None:
3410             id  = source.GetId()
3411         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3412
3413 _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3414
3415 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3416
3417 class PyEventBinder(object):
3418     """
3419     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3420     handlers.
3421     """
3422     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3423         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3424             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3425         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3426
3427         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3428             self.evtType = evtType
3429         else:
3430             self.evtType = [evtType]
3431
3432
3433     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3434         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3435         for et in self.evtType:
3436             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3437
3438
3439     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3440         """Remove an event binding."""
3441         success = 0
3442         for et in self.evtType:
3443             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3444         return success != 0
3445
3446
3447     def __call__(self, *args):
3448         """
3449         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3450         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3451         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3452         type of the event.
3453         """
3454         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3455         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3456         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3457         target = args[0]
3458         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3459             func = args[1]
3460         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3461             id1 = args[1]
3462             func = args[2]
3463         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3464             id1 = args[1]
3465             id2 = args[2]
3466             func = args[3]
3467         else:
3468             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3469
3470         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3471
3472
3473 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3474 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3475     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3476 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3477     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3478
3479
3480 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3481
3482 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3483
3484 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3485 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3486
3487 def NewEventType(*args):
3488   """NewEventType() -> EventType"""
3489   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3490 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3491 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3492 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3493 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3494 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3495 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3496 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3497 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3498 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3499 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3500 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3501 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3502 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3503 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3504 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3505 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3506 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3507 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3508 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3509 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3510 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3511 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3512 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3513 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3514 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3515 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3516 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3517 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3518 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3519 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3520 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3521 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3522 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3523 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3524 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3525 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3526 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3527 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3528 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3529 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3530 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3531 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3532 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3533 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3534 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3535 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3536 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3537 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
3538 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3539 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3540 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3541 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3542 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3543 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3544 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3545 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3546 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3547 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3548 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3549 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3550 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3551 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3552 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3553 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3554 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3555 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3556 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3557 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3558 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3559 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3560 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3561 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3562 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
3563 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
3564 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3565 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3566 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3567 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3568 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3569 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
3570 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
3571 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
3572 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3573 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3574 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3575 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST
3576 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
3577 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3578 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3579 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3580 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3581 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3582 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3583 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3584 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3585 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3586 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
3587 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
3588 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
3589 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
3590 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
3591 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
3592 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
3593 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
3594 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
3595 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
3596 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
3597 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
3598 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
3599 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
3600 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
3601 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
3602 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
3603 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
3604 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
3605 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
3606 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
3607 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
3608 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
3609 #
3610 # Create some event binders
3611 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
3612 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
3613 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
3614 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
3615 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
3616 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3617 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3618 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
3619 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
3620 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
3621 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
3622 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
3623 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
3624 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
3625 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
3626 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
3627 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
3628 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
3629 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
3630 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
3631 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
3632 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
3633 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
3634 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
3635 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
3636 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3637 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3638 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
3639 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
3640 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
3641 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
3642 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
3643 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
3644 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
3645 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
3646 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
3647 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
3648 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
3649 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
3650 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
3651 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
3652 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST )
3653
3654 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
3655 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
3656 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
3657 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
3658 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
3659 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
3660 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
3661 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
3662 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
3663 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
3664 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
3665 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
3666 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
3667
3668 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
3669                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
3670                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
3671                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
3672                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
3673                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
3674                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
3675                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
3676                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
3677                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
3678                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
3679                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
3680                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3681                                      ])
3682
3683
3684 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
3685 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
3686                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
3687                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
3688                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
3689                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
3690                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
3691                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
3692                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
3693                                   ])
3694
3695 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
3696 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
3697 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
3698 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
3699 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
3700 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
3701 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
3702 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
3703
3704 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
3705 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3706                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3707                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3708                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3709                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3710                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3711                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3712                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3713                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3714                                ])
3715
3716 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
3717 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
3718 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
3719 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
3720 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
3721 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
3722 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
3723 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
3724 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
3725 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3726
3727 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
3728 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3729                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3730                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3731                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3732                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3733                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3734                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3735                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3736                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3737                                        ], 1)
3738
3739 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
3740 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
3741 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
3742 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
3743 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
3744 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
3745 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
3746 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
3747 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
3748 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
3749
3750 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
3751 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
3752 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
3753 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3754 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
3755 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
3756 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
3757 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
3758 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3759 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
3760
3761 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
3762 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3763 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3764 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
3765 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
3766 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
3767 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
3768 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
3769 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
3770
3771
3772 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
3773 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
3774 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
3775 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
3776 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
3777 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
3778 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
3779
3780 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
3781
3782 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
3783 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
3784
3785 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
3786
3787 EVT_TEXT_CUT   =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT )
3788 EVT_TEXT_COPY  =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY )
3789 EVT_TEXT_PASTE =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE )
3790
3791
3792 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3793
3794 class Event(Object):
3795     """
3796     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
3797     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
3798     other event classes
3799     """
3800     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3801     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3802     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3803     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
3804     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3805     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3806         """
3807         SetEventType(self, EventType typ)
3808
3809         Sets the specific type of the event.
3810         """
3811         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3812
3813     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3814         """
3815         GetEventType(self) -> EventType
3816
3817         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
3818         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
3819         """
3820         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3821
3822     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3823         """
3824         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
3825
3826         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
3827         any.
3828         """
3829         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3830
3831     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3832         """
3833         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
3834
3835         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
3836         object that is sending the event.
3837         """
3838         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3839
3840     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3841         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
3842         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3843
3844     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3845         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
3846         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3847
3848     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
3849         """
3850         GetId(self) -> int
3851
3852         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
3853         command id.
3854         """
3855         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
3856
3857     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
3858         """
3859         SetId(self, int Id)
3860
3861         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
3862         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
3863         item, etc.
3864         """
3865         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
3866
3867     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3868         """
3869         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
3870
3871         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
3872         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
3873         """
3874         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3875
3876     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
3877         """
3878         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
3879
3880         Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event
3881         handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event
3882         handler returns.  Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent
3883         additional event handlers from being called and control will be
3884         returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current
3885         handler has finished.  Skip(True) will cause the event processing
3886         system to continue searching for a handler function for this event.
3887
3888         """
3889         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
3890
3891     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
3892         """
3893         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
3894
3895         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
3896         :see: `Skip`
3897         """
3898         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
3899
3900     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
3901         """
3902         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
3903
3904         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
3905         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
3906         """
3907         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
3908
3909     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3910         """
3911         StopPropagation(self) -> int
3912
3913         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
3914         propagation level value which may be later passed to
3915         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
3916         """
3917         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3918
3919     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3920         """
3921         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
3922
3923         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
3924         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
3925         `StopPropagation`.)
3926
3927         """
3928         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3929
3930     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
3931         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
3932         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
3933
3934 _core_.Event_swigregister(Event)
3935
3936 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3937
3938 class PropagationDisabler(object):
3939     """
3940     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3941     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3942     propogation of the event will be restored.
3943     """
3944     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3945     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3946     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3947         """
3948         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
3949
3950         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3951         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3952         propogation of the event will be restored.
3953         """
3954         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
3955     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
3956     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3957 _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
3958
3959 class PropagateOnce(object):
3960     """
3961     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3962     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3963     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3964     """
3965     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3966     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3967     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3968         """
3969         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
3970
3971         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3972         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3973         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3974         """
3975         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
3976     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
3977     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3978 _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
3979
3980 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3981
3982 class CommandEvent(Event):
3983     """
3984     This event class contains information about command events, which
3985     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3986     toolbars.
3987     """
3988     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3989     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3990     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3991         """
3992         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
3993
3994         This event class contains information about command events, which
3995         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3996         toolbars.
3997         """
3998         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
3999     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4000         """
4001         GetSelection(self) -> int
4002
4003         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4004         for a deselection).
4005         """
4006         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4007
4008     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
4009         """SetString(self, String s)"""
4010         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
4011
4012     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
4013         """
4014         GetString(self) -> String
4015
4016         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4017         for a deselection).
4018         """
4019         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
4020
4021     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
4022         """
4023         IsChecked(self) -> bool
4024
4025         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
4026         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
4027         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
4028         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
4029         makes sense for checkable menu items).
4030         """
4031         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
4032
4033     Checked = IsChecked
4034     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4035         """
4036         IsSelection(self) -> bool
4037
4038         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
4039         false if it is a deselection.
4040         """
4041         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4042
4043     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4044         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
4045         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4046
4047     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4048         """
4049         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
4050
4051         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
4052         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
4053         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
4054         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
4055         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
4056         listbox must be examined by the application.
4057         """
4058         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4059
4060     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4061         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
4062         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4063
4064     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4065         """
4066         GetInt(self) -> int
4067
4068         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
4069         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
4070         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
4071         """
4072         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4073
4074     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4075         """
4076         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4077
4078         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4079         """
4080         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4081
4082     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4083         """
4084         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4085
4086         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4087         """
4088         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4089
4090     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4091     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4092
4093     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4094         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4095         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4096
4097 _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4098
4099 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4100
4101 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4102     """
4103     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4104     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4105     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4106     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4107     """
4108     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4109     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4110     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4111         """
4112         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4113
4114         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4115         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4116         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4117         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4118         """
4119         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4120     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4121         """
4122         Veto(self)
4123
4124         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4125
4126         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4127         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4128         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4129         """
4130         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4131
4132     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4133         """
4134         Allow(self)
4135
4136         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4137         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4138         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4139         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4140         """
4141         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4142
4143     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4144         """
4145         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4146
4147         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4148         false otherwise (if it was).
4149         """
4150         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4151
4152 _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4153
4154 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4155
4156 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4157     """
4158     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4159     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4160     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4161     instead.
4162     """
4163     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4164     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4165     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4166         """
4167         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4168             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4169         """
4170         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4171     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4172         """
4173         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4174
4175         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4176         the scrollbar.
4177         """
4178         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4179
4180     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4181         """
4182         GetPosition(self) -> int
4183
4184         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4185         """
4186         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4187
4188     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4189         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4190         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4191
4192     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4193         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4194         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4195
4196 _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4197
4198 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4199
4200 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4201     """
4202     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4203     scrolling windows.
4204     """
4205     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4206     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4207     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4208         """
4209         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4210
4211         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4212         scrolling windows.
4213         """
4214         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4215     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4216         """
4217         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4218
4219         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4220         the scrollbar.
4221         """
4222         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4223
4224     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4225         """
4226         GetPosition(self) -> int
4227
4228         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4229         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4230         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4231         """
4232         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4233
4234     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4235         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4236         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4237
4238     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4239         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4240         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4241
4242 _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4243
4244 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4245
4246 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4247 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4248 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4249 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4250 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4251 class MouseEvent(Event):
4252     """
4253     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4254     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4255     mouse move events.
4256
4257     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4258     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4259     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4260     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4261     events from it.
4262
4263     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4264     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4265     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4266     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4267     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4268     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4269     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4270     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4271     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4272     """
4273     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4274     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4275     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4276         """
4277         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4278
4279         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4280
4281             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4282             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4283             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4284             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4285             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4286             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4287             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4288             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4289             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4290             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4291             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4292             * wxEVT_MOTION
4293             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4294         """
4295         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4296     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4297         """
4298         IsButton(self) -> bool
4299
4300         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4301         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4302         """
4303         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4304
4305     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4306         """
4307         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4308
4309         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4310         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4311         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4312         values).
4313         """
4314         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4315
4316     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4317         """
4318         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4319
4320         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4321         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4322         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4323         values).
4324         """
4325         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4326
4327     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4328         """
4329         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4330
4331         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4332         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4333         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4334         """
4335         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4336
4337     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4338         """
4339         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4340
4341         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4342         values of button are:
4343
4344              ====================      =====================================
4345              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4346              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4347              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4348              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4349              ====================      =====================================
4350
4351         """
4352         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4353
4354     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4355         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4356         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4357
4358     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4359         """
4360         GetButton(self) -> int
4361
4362         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4363         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4364         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4365         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4366         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4367         right buttons respectively.
4368         """
4369         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4370
4371     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4372         """
4373         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4374
4375         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4376         """
4377         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4378
4379     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4380         """
4381         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4382
4383         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4384         """
4385         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4386
4387     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4388         """
4389         AltDown(self) -> bool
4390
4391         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4392         """
4393         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4394
4395     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4396         """
4397         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4398
4399         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4400         """
4401         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4402
4403     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4404         """
4405         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4406
4407         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4408         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4409         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4410         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4411         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4412         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4413         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4414         """
4415         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4416
4417     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4418         """
4419         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4420
4421         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4422         """
4423         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4424
4425     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4426         """
4427         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4428
4429         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4430         """
4431         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4432
4433     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4434         """
4435         RightDown(self) -> bool
4436
4437         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4438         """
4439         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4440
4441     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4442         """
4443         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4444
4445         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4446         """
4447         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4448
4449     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4450         """
4451         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4452
4453         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4454         """
4455         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4456
4457     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4458         """
4459         RightUp(self) -> bool
4460
4461         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4462         """
4463         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4464
4465     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4466         """
4467         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4468
4469         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4470         """
4471         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4472
4473     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4474         """
4475         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4476
4477         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4478         """
4479         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4480
4481     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4482         """
4483         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4484
4485         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4486         """
4487         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4488
4489     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4490         """
4491         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4492
4493         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4494         of the current event type.
4495
4496         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4497         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4498         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4499
4500         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4501         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4502         dragging the mouse.
4503         """
4504         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4505
4506     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4507         """
4508         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4509
4510         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4511         of the current event type.
4512         """
4513         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4514
4515     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4516         """
4517         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4518
4519         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4520         of the current event type.
4521         """
4522         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4523
4524     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
4525         """
4526         Dragging(self) -> bool
4527
4528         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4529         depressed).
4530         """
4531         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
4532
4533     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
4534         """
4535         Moving(self) -> bool
4536
4537         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4538         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4539         false and Dragging returns true.
4540         """
4541         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
4542
4543     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
4544         """
4545         Entering(self) -> bool
4546
4547         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4548         """
4549         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
4550
4551     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
4552         """
4553         Leaving(self) -> bool
4554
4555         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4556         """
4557         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
4558
4559     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4560         """
4561         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4562
4563         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4564         event happened.
4565         """
4566         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4567
4568     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4569         """
4570         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4571
4572         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4573         event happened.
4574         """
4575         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4576
4577     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4578         """
4579         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
4580
4581         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
4582         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
4583         that the window has been scrolled).
4584         """
4585         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4586
4587     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4588         """
4589         GetX(self) -> int
4590
4591         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4592         """
4593         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4594
4595     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4596         """
4597         GetY(self) -> int
4598
4599         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4600         """
4601         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4602
4603     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
4604         """
4605         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
4606
4607         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
4608         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
4609         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
4610         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
4611         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
4612         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
4613         have been accumulated before scrolling.
4614         """
4615         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
4616
4617     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
4618         """
4619         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
4620
4621         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
4622         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
4623         should occur for each delta.
4624         """
4625         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
4626
4627     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
4628         """
4629         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
4630
4631         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
4632         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
4633         """
4634         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
4635
4636     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
4637         """
4638         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
4639
4640         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
4641         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
4642         """
4643         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
4644
4645     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
4646     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
4647     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
4648     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
4649     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
4650     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4651     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4652     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
4653     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4654     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
4655     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
4656     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
4657 _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
4658
4659 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4660
4661 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
4662     """
4663     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
4664     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
4665     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
4666     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
4667     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
4668     """
4669     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4670     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4671     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4672         """
4673         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
4674
4675         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
4676         """
4677         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4678     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4679         """
4680         GetX(self) -> int
4681
4682         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4683         """
4684         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4685
4686     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4687         """
4688         GetY(self) -> int
4689
4690         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4691         """
4692         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4693
4694     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4695         """
4696         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
4697
4698         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
4699         """
4700         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4701
4702     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4703         """
4704         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
4705
4706         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
4707         """
4708         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4709
4710     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4711         """
4712         HasCursor(self) -> bool
4713
4714         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
4715         """
4716         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4717
4718 _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
4719
4720 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4721
4722 class KeyEvent(Event):
4723     """
4724     This event class contains information about keypress and character
4725     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
4726     the keyboard focus.
4727
4728     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
4729     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
4730     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
4731     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
4732     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
4733     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
4734     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
4735     corresponding to each down one.
4736
4737     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
4738     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
4739     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
4740     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
4741     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
4742     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
4743     example.
4744
4745     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
4746     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
4747     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
4748     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
4749     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
4750     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
4751     well.
4752
4753     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
4754     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
4755     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
4756     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
4757     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
4758     by the system itself.
4759
4760     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
4761     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
4762     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
4763     the ASCII value of this key combination.
4764
4765     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
4766     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
4767     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
4768     focus.
4769
4770     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
4771     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
4772     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
4773     types of events to be a bit simpler.
4774
4775     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
4776     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
4777     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
4778     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
4779
4780     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
4781     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
4782     work under Windows.
4783
4784     """
4785     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4786     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4787     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4788         """
4789         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
4790
4791         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
4792             *
4793         """
4794         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4795     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4796         """
4797         GetModifiers(self) -> int
4798
4799         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
4800         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
4801         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
4802         example::
4803
4804             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
4805                 DoSomething()
4806
4807         """
4808         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4809
4810     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4811         """
4812         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4813
4814         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
4815         """
4816         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4817
4818     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4819         """
4820         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4821
4822         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4823         """
4824         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4825
4826     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4827         """
4828         AltDown(self) -> bool
4829
4830         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4831         """
4832         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4833
4834     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4835         """
4836         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4837
4838         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4839         """
4840         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4841
4842     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4843         """
4844         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4845
4846         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4847         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4848         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4849         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4850         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
4851         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4852         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4853         """
4854         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4855
4856     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4857         """
4858         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
4859
4860         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
4861         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
4862         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
4863         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
4864         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
4865         normally).
4866         """
4867         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4868
4869     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4870         """
4871         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
4872
4873         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
4874         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
4875         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
4876         codes.
4877
4878         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
4879         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
4880         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
4881         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
4882         """
4883         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4884
4885     KeyCode = GetKeyCode
4886     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4887         """
4888         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
4889
4890         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
4891         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
4892         """
4893         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4894
4895     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
4896     def SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4897         """
4898         SetUnicodeKey(self, int uniChar)
4899
4900         Set the Unicode value of the key event, but only if this is a Unicode
4901         build of wxPython.
4902         """
4903         return _core_.KeyEvent_SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4904
4905     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4906         """
4907         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
4908
4909         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
4910         scan code which should only be used in advanced
4911         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
4912         ports.
4913         """
4914         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4915
4916     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
4917         """
4918         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
4919
4920         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
4921         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
4922         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
4923         """
4924         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
4925
4926     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4927         """
4928         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4929
4930         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4931         """
4932         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4933
4934     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4935         """
4936         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4937
4938         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4939         """
4940         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4941
4942     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4943         """
4944         GetX(self) -> int
4945
4946         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4947         applicable.
4948         """
4949         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4950
4951     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4952         """
4953         GetY(self) -> int
4954
4955         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4956         applicable.
4957         """
4958         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4959
4960     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
4961     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
4962     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
4963     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4964     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4965     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
4966     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4967     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
4968     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
4969     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
4970 _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
4971
4972 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4973
4974 class SizeEvent(Event):
4975     """
4976     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
4977     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
4978     been resized.
4979
4980     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
4981     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
4982     application.
4983
4984     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
4985     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
4986     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
4987     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
4988     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
4989     invalidate the entire window.
4990
4991     """
4992     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4993     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4994     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4995         """
4996         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
4997
4998         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
4999         """
5000         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5001     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5002         """
5003         GetSize(self) -> Size
5004
5005         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
5006         event.
5007         """
5008         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5009
5010     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5011         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5012         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5013
5014     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5015         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5016         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5017
5018     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5019         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
5020         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5021
5022     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
5023     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
5024 _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
5025
5026 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5027
5028 class MoveEvent(Event):
5029     """
5030     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
5031     moved to a new position.
5032     """
5033     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5034     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5035     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5036         """
5037         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
5038
5039         Constructor.
5040         """
5041         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5042     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5043         """
5044         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5045
5046         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
5047         """
5048         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5049
5050     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5051         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5052         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5053
5054     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5055         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5056         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5057
5058     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5059         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
5060         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5061
5062     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
5063     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
5064
5065 _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
5066
5067 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5068
5069 class PaintEvent(Event):
5070     """
5071     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
5072     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
5073     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
5074     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5075     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5076
5077     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5078     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5079     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5080     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5081     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5082     scrolled units.
5083
5084     """
5085     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5086     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5087     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5088         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5089         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5090 _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5091
5092 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5093     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5094     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5095     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5096     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5097         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5098         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5099 _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5100
5101 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5102
5103 class EraseEvent(Event):
5104     """
5105     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5106     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5107     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5108     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5109
5110     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5111     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5112     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5113
5114     """
5115     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5116     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5117     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5118         """
5119         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5120
5121         Constructor
5122         """
5123         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5124     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5125         """
5126         GetDC(self) -> DC
5127
5128         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5129         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5130         that instead.
5131         """
5132         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5133
5134 _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5135
5136 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5137
5138 class FocusEvent(Event):
5139     """
5140     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5141     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5142     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5143
5144     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5145     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5146     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5147
5148     """
5149     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5150     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5151     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5152         """
5153         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5154
5155         Constructor
5156         """
5157         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5158     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5159         """
5160         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5161
5162         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5163         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5164         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5165
5166         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5167         """
5168         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5169
5170     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5171         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5172         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5173
5174 _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5175
5176 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5177
5178 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5179     """
5180     wx.ChildFocusEvent notifies the parent that a child has received the
5181     focus.  Unlike `wx.FocusEvent` it is propagated up the window
5182     heirarchy.
5183     """
5184     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5185     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5186     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5187         """
5188         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5189
5190         Constructor
5191         """
5192         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5193     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5194         """
5195         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5196
5197         The window which has just received the focus.
5198         """
5199         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5200
5201 _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5202
5203 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5204
5205 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5206     """
5207     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5208     application is being activated or deactivated.
5209
5210     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5211     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5212     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5213     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5214     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5215     application frames being inactive.
5216
5217     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5218     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5219     doing so can result in strange effects.
5220
5221     """
5222     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5223     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5224     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5225         """
5226         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5227
5228         Constructor
5229         """
5230         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5231     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5232         """
5233         GetActive(self) -> bool
5234
5235         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5236         otherwise.
5237         """
5238         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5239
5240 _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5241
5242 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5243
5244 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5245     """
5246     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5247     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5248     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5249     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5250     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5251     """
5252     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5253     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5254     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5255         """
5256         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5257
5258         Constructor
5259         """
5260         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5261 _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5262
5263 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5264
5265 class MenuEvent(Event):
5266     """
5267     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5268     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5269     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5270
5271     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5272     text in the first field of the status bar.
5273     """
5274     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5275     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5276     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5277         """
5278         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5279
5280         Constructor
5281         """
5282         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5283     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5284         """
5285         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5286
5287         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5288         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5289         """
5290         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5291
5292     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5293         """
5294         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5295
5296         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5297         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5298         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5299         """
5300         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5301
5302     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5303         """
5304         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5305
5306         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5307         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5308         """
5309         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5310
5311 _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5312
5313 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5314
5315 class CloseEvent(Event):
5316     """
5317     This event class contains information about window and session close
5318     events.
5319
5320     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5321     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5322     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5323     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5324     function.
5325
5326     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5327     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5328     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5329     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5330     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5331     files or to cancel the close.
5332
5333     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5334     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5335     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5336     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5337     """
5338     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5339     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5340     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5341         """
5342         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5343
5344         Constructor.
5345         """
5346         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5347     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5348         """
5349         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5350
5351         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5352         """
5353         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5354
5355     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5356         """
5357         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5358
5359         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5360         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5361         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5362         window event.
5363         """
5364         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5365
5366     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5367         """
5368         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5369
5370         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5371         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5372
5373         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5374         """
5375         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5376
5377     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5378         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5379         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5380
5381     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5382         """
5383         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5384
5385         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5386         """
5387         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5388
5389     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5390         """
5391         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5392
5393         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5394         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5395         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5396         must be called to check this.
5397         """
5398         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5399
5400 _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5401
5402 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5403
5404 class ShowEvent(Event):
5405     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5406     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5407     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5408     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5409         """
5410         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5411
5412         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5413         """
5414         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5415     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5416         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5417         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5418
5419     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5420         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5421         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5422
5423 _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5424
5425 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5426
5427 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5428     """
5429     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5430     restored.
5431     """
5432     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5433     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5434     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5435         """
5436         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5437
5438         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5439         restored.
5440         """
5441         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5442     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5443         """
5444         Iconized(self) -> bool
5445
5446         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5447         been restored.
5448         """
5449         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5450
5451 _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5452
5453 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5454
5455 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5456     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5457     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5458     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5459     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5460         """
5461         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5462
5463         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5464         """
5465         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5466 _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
5467
5468 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5469
5470 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
5471     """
5472     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5473     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5474     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5475     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5476
5477     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5478     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5479     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5480     dropping files.
5481
5482     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5483     events.
5484
5485     """
5486     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5487     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
5488     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5489     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5490         """
5491         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5492
5493         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5494         """
5495         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5496
5497     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5498         """
5499         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5500
5501         Returns the number of files dropped.
5502         """
5503         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5504
5505     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5506         """
5507         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5508
5509         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5510         """
5511         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5512
5513 _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
5514
5515 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5516
5517 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5518 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5519 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
5520     """
5521     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5522     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5523     interface elements.
5524
5525     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
5526     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
5527     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
5528     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
5529     menu item or button.
5530
5531     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
5532     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
5533     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
5534     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
5535     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
5536     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
5537     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
5538
5539     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
5540     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
5541     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
5542     update.
5543
5544     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
5545     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
5546     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
5547
5548     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
5549     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
5550
5551        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
5552           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
5553           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
5554           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
5555           events.
5556
5557        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
5558           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
5559           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
5560           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
5561           delay before windows are updated.
5562
5563     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
5564     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
5565     from an internal idle handler.
5566
5567     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
5568     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
5569     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
5570
5571     """
5572     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5573     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5574     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5575         """
5576         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
5577
5578         Constructor
5579         """
5580         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5581     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5582         """
5583         GetChecked(self) -> bool
5584
5585         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
5586         """
5587         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5588
5589     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5590         """
5591         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
5592
5593         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
5594         """
5595         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5596
5597     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5598         """
5599         GetShown(self) -> bool
5600
5601         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
5602         """
5603         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5604
5605     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
5606         """
5607         GetText(self) -> String
5608
5609         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
5610         """
5611         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
5612
5613     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
5614         """
5615         GetSetText(self) -> bool
5616
5617         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
5618         wxWidgets internal use only.
5619         """
5620         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
5621
5622     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5623         """
5624         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
5625
5626         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
5627         internal use only.
5628         """
5629         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5630
5631     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5632         """
5633         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
5634
5635         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
5636         internal use only.
5637         """
5638         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5639
5640     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5641         """
5642         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
5643
5644         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
5645         internal use only.
5646         """
5647         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5648
5649     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
5650         """
5651         Check(self, bool check)
5652
5653         Check or uncheck the UI element.
5654         """
5655         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
5656
5657     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
5658         """
5659         Enable(self, bool enable)
5660
5661         Enable or disable the UI element.
5662         """
5663         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
5664
5665     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
5666         """
5667         Show(self, bool show)
5668
5669         Show or hide the UI element.
5670         """
5671         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
5672
5673     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
5674         """
5675         SetText(self, String text)
5676
5677         Sets the text for this UI element.
5678         """
5679         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
5680
5681     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5682         """
5683         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5684
5685         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5686         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5687         default is 0.
5688
5689         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5690         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5691         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5692         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5693         about to be shown.
5694         """
5695         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5696
5697     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
5698     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5699         """
5700         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5701
5702         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5703         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5704         """
5705         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5706
5707     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
5708     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5709         """
5710         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5711
5712         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5713         to) this window.
5714
5715         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5716         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5717         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5718         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5719         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5720         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5721         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5722         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5723         interval.
5724
5725         """
5726         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5727
5728     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
5729     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
5730         """
5731         ResetUpdateTime()
5732
5733         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5734         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5735         is called at the end of idle processing.
5736         """
5737         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
5738
5739     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
5740     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5741         """
5742         SetMode(int mode)
5743
5744         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5745         to those which specify that they will process the events.
5746
5747         The mode may be one of the following values:
5748
5749             =============================   ==========================================
5750             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5751                                             is the default setting.
5752             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5753                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5754                                             style set.
5755             =============================   ==========================================
5756
5757         """
5758         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5759
5760     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
5761     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5762         """
5763         GetMode() -> int
5764
5765         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5766         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5767         events.
5768         """
5769         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5770
5771     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
5772 _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
5773
5774 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5775   """
5776     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5777
5778     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5779     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5780     default is 0.
5781
5782     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5783     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5784     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5785     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5786     about to be shown.
5787     """
5788   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5789
5790 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
5791   """
5792     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5793
5794     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5795     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5796     """
5797   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
5798
5799 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5800   """
5801     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5802
5803     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5804     to) this window.
5805
5806     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5807     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5808     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5809     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5810     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5811     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5812     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5813     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5814     interval.
5815
5816     """
5817   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5818
5819 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
5820   """
5821     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
5822
5823     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5824     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5825     is called at the end of idle processing.
5826     """
5827   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
5828
5829 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5830   """
5831     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
5832
5833     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5834     to those which specify that they will process the events.
5835
5836     The mode may be one of the following values:
5837
5838         =============================   ==========================================
5839         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5840                                         is the default setting.
5841         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5842                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5843                                         style set.
5844         =============================   ==========================================
5845
5846     """
5847   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5848
5849 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
5850   """
5851     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
5852
5853     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5854     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5855     events.
5856     """
5857   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
5858
5859 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5860
5861 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
5862     """
5863     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
5864     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
5865     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
5866
5867     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
5868     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
5869     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
5870     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
5871     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
5872
5873     """
5874     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5875     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5876     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5877         """
5878         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
5879
5880         Constructor
5881         """
5882         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5883 _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
5884
5885 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5886
5887 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
5888     """
5889     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
5890     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
5891     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
5892     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
5893     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
5894
5895     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5896     """
5897     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5898     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5899     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5900         """
5901         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
5902
5903         Constructor
5904         """
5905         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5906     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5907         """
5908         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
5909
5910         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
5911         non-wxWidgets window.
5912         """
5913         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5914
5915 _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
5916
5917 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5918
5919 class MouseCaptureLostEvent(Event):
5920     """
5921     A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
5922     capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
5923     example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
5924     the mouse.
5925
5926     If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
5927     capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
5928     didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
5929     if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
5930     ReleaseMouse.
5931
5932     This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
5933
5934     """
5935     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5936     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5937     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5938         """
5939         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> MouseCaptureLostEvent
5940
5941         A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
5942         capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
5943         example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
5944         the mouse.
5945
5946         If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
5947         capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
5948         didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
5949         if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
5950         ReleaseMouse.
5951
5952         This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
5953
5954         """
5955         _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureLostEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5956 _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureLostEvent)
5957
5958 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5959
5960 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
5961     """
5962     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
5963     resolution has changed.
5964
5965     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5966     """
5967     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5968     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5969     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5970         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
5971         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5972 _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
5973
5974 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5975
5976 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
5977     """
5978     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5979     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5980     match.
5981
5982     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5983     """
5984     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5985     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5986     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5987         """
5988         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
5989
5990         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5991         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5992         match.
5993
5994         This event is implemented under Windows only.
5995         """
5996         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5997     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5998         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
5999         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6000
6001     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6002         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
6003         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6004
6005 _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
6006
6007 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6008
6009 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
6010     """
6011     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
6012     focus and should re-do its palette.
6013
6014     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6015     """
6016     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6017     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6018     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6019         """
6020         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
6021
6022         Constructor.
6023         """
6024         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6025     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6026         """
6027         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
6028
6029         App should set this if it changes the palette.
6030         """
6031         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6032
6033     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6034         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
6035         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6036
6037 _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
6038
6039 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6040
6041 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
6042     """
6043     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
6044     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
6045     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
6046     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
6047     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
6048     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
6049     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
6050     """
6051     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6052     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6053     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6054         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
6055         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6056     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6057         """
6058         GetDirection(self) -> bool
6059
6060         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
6061         """
6062         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6063
6064     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6065         """
6066         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
6067
6068         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
6069         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
6070         """
6071         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6072
6073     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6074         """
6075         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
6076
6077         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
6078         """
6079         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6080
6081     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6082         """
6083         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
6084
6085         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
6086         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
6087         by using Control-Tab.
6088         """
6089         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6090
6091     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6092         """
6093         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
6094
6095         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
6096         key.
6097         """
6098         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6099
6100     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6101         """
6102         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
6103
6104         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
6105         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
6106         """
6107         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6108
6109     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
6110         """
6111         SetFlags(self, long flags)
6112
6113         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
6114
6115             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6116             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6117             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6118             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6119
6120         """
6121         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6122
6123     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6124         """
6125         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6126
6127         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6128         ``None``.
6129         """
6130         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6131
6132     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6133         """
6134         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6135
6136         Set the window that has the focus.
6137         """
6138         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6139
6140     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6141     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6142     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6143     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6144 _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6145
6146 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6147
6148 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6149     """
6150     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6151     underlying GUI object) exists.
6152     """
6153     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6154     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6155     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6156         """
6157         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6158
6159         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6160         underlying GUI object) exists.
6161         """
6162         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6163     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6164         """
6165         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6166
6167         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6168         """
6169         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6170
6171 _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6172
6173 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6174     """
6175     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6176     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6177
6178     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6179     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6180     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6181     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6182     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6183     notification of the destruction of another window.
6184     """
6185     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6186     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6187     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6188         """
6189         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6190
6191         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6192         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6193
6194         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6195         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6196         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6197         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6198         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6199         notification of the destruction of another window.
6200         """
6201         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6202     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6203         """
6204         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6205
6206         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6207         """
6208         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6209
6210 _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6211
6212 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6213
6214 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6215     """
6216     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6217     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6218     """
6219     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6220     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6221     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6222         """
6223         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6224
6225         Constructor.
6226         """
6227         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6228     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6229         """
6230         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6231
6232         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6233         be shown.
6234         """
6235         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6236
6237     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6238         """
6239         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6240
6241         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6242         """
6243         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6244
6245 _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6246
6247 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6248
6249 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6250 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6251 class IdleEvent(Event):
6252     """
6253     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6254     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6255     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6256     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6257     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6258     events and then becomes empty again.
6259
6260     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6261     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6262     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6263     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6264     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6265     to those windows and not to any others.
6266     """
6267     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6268     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6269     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6270         """
6271         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6272
6273         Constructor
6274         """
6275         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6276     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6277         """
6278         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6279
6280         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6281         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6282         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6283         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6284         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6285         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6286         system.
6287         """
6288         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6289
6290     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6291         """
6292         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6293
6294         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6295         requested more processing time.
6296         """
6297         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6298
6299     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6300         """
6301         SetMode(int mode)
6302
6303         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6304         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6305         events.
6306
6307         The mode can be one of the following values:
6308
6309             =========================   ========================================
6310             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6311             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6312                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6313                                         flag set.
6314             =========================   ========================================
6315
6316         """
6317         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6318
6319     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6320     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6321         """
6322         GetMode() -> int
6323
6324         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6325         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6326         will process the events.
6327         """
6328         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6329
6330     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6331     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6332         """
6333         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6334
6335         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6336         window.
6337
6338         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6339         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6340         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6341         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6342         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6343         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6344         """
6345         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6346
6347     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6348 _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6349
6350 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6351   """
6352     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6353
6354     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6355     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6356     events.
6357
6358     The mode can be one of the following values:
6359
6360         =========================   ========================================
6361         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6362         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6363                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6364                                     flag set.
6365         =========================   ========================================
6366
6367     """
6368   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6369
6370 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6371   """
6372     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6373
6374     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6375     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6376     will process the events.
6377     """
6378   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6379
6380 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6381   """
6382     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6383
6384     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6385     window.
6386
6387     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6388     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6389     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6390     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6391     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6392     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6393     """
6394   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6395
6396 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6397
6398 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent):
6399     """
6400     A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6401     copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6402     from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6403     popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6404     generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6405     """
6406     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6407     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6408     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6409         """
6410         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent
6411
6412         A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6413         copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6414         from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6415         popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6416         generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6417         """
6418         _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6419 _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent)
6420
6421 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6422
6423 class PyEvent(Event):
6424     """
6425     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6426     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6427     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6428     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6429     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6430
6431     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6432
6433     """
6434     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6435     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6436     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6437         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6438         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6439         self._SetSelf(self)
6440
6441     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6442     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6443     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6444         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6445         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6446
6447     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6448         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6449         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6450
6451 _core_.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
6452
6453 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
6454     """
6455     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6456     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6457     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
6458     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6459     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6460     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6461
6462     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
6463
6464     """
6465     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6466     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6467     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6468         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6469         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6470         self._SetSelf(self)
6471
6472     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
6473     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6474     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6475         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6476         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6477
6478     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6479         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6480         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6481
6482 _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
6483
6484 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
6485     """
6486     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6487     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6488     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
6489     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
6490     """
6491     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6492     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6493     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6494         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6495         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6496     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6497         """
6498         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6499
6500         Returns the date.
6501         """
6502         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6503
6504     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6505         """
6506         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6507
6508         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6509         internally.
6510         """
6511         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6512
6513 _core_.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
6514
6515 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
6516 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
6517
6518 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6519
6520 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
6521 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
6522 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
6523 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
6524 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
6525 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
6526 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
6527     """
6528     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
6529     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
6530     """
6531     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6532     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6533     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6534         """
6535         __init__(self) -> PyApp
6536
6537         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
6538         """
6539         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
6540         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyApp, False)
6541         self._setOORInfo(self, False)
6542
6543     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
6544     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6545     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
6546         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)"""
6547         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
6548
6549     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6550         """
6551         GetAppName(self) -> String
6552
6553         Get the application name.
6554         """
6555         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6556
6557     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6558         """
6559         SetAppName(self, String name)
6560
6561         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
6562         `wx.Config` and such.
6563         """
6564         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6565
6566     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6567         """
6568         GetClassName(self) -> String
6569
6570         Get the application's class name.
6571         """
6572         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6573
6574     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6575         """
6576         SetClassName(self, String name)
6577
6578         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
6579         X-resources if applicable for the platform
6580         """
6581         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6582
6583     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6584         """
6585         GetVendorName(self) -> String
6586
6587         Get the application's vendor name.
6588         """
6589         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6590
6591     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6592         """
6593         SetVendorName(self, String name)
6594
6595         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
6596         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
6597         """
6598         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6599
6600     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
6601         """
6602         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
6603
6604         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
6605         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
6606         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
6607         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
6608         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
6609         differences behind the common facade.
6610
6611         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
6612         """
6613         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
6614
6615     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6616         """
6617         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
6618
6619         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
6620         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
6621         during each event loop iteration.
6622         """
6623         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6624
6625     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
6626         """
6627         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6628
6629         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
6630         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
6631         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
6632
6633         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
6634               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
6635               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
6636               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
6637
6638         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
6639
6640         """
6641         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
6642
6643     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6644         """
6645         WakeUpIdle(self)
6646
6647         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
6648         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
6649         """
6650         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6651
6652     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
6653         """
6654         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6655
6656         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6657         currently be dispatched.
6658         """
6659         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
6660
6661     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
6662     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6663         """
6664         MainLoop(self) -> int
6665
6666         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
6667         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
6668         """
6669         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6670
6671     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
6672         """
6673         Exit(self)
6674
6675         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
6676         :see: `wx.Exit`
6677         """
6678         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
6679
6680     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6681         """
6682         ExitMainLoop(self)
6683
6684         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
6685         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
6686         """
6687         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6688
6689     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
6690         """
6691         Pending(self) -> bool
6692
6693         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
6694         """
6695         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
6696
6697     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
6698         """
6699         Dispatch(self) -> bool
6700
6701         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
6702         appears if there are none currently)
6703         """
6704         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
6705
6706     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6707         """
6708         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
6709
6710         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
6711         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
6712         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
6713         """
6714         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6715
6716     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6717         """
6718         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
6719
6720         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
6721         idle time is requested.
6722         """
6723         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6724
6725     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
6726         """
6727         IsActive(self) -> bool
6728
6729         Return True if our app has focus.
6730         """
6731         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
6732
6733     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6734         """
6735         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
6736
6737         Set the *main* top level window
6738         """
6739         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6740
6741     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6742         """
6743         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
6744
6745         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
6746         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
6747         there not any, will return None)
6748         """
6749         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6750
6751     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6752         """
6753         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
6754
6755         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
6756         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
6757         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
6758         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
6759         explicitly from somewhere.
6760         """
6761         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6762
6763     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6764         """
6765         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
6766
6767         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
6768         """
6769         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6770
6771     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6772         """
6773         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag)
6774
6775         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
6776         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
6777         """
6778         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6779
6780     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6781         """
6782         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
6783
6784         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
6785         """
6786         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6787
6788     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6789         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
6790         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6791
6792     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6793         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
6794         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6795
6796     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6797         """
6798         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
6799
6800         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
6801         """
6802         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6803
6804     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6805         """
6806         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
6807
6808         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
6809         """
6810         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6811
6812     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6813         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6814         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6815
6816     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6817     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6818         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6819         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6820
6821     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6822     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6823         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6824         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6825
6826     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6827     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6828         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6829         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6830
6831     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
6832     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6833         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6834         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6835
6836     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6837     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6838         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6839         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6840
6841     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6842     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6843         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6844         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6845
6846     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6847     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6848         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6849         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6850
6851     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6852     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6853         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6854         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6855
6856     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
6857     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6858         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6859         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6860
6861     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6862     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
6863         """
6864         _BootstrapApp(self)
6865
6866         For internal use only
6867         """
6868         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
6869
6870     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
6871         """
6872         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6873
6874         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6875         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6876         """
6877         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
6878
6879     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
6880     def DisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs):
6881         """
6882         DisplayAvailable() -> bool
6883
6884         Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
6885         This will mean different things on the different platforms.
6886
6887            * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
6888              not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
6889              if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
6890
6891            * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
6892              able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
6893              remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
6894              of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
6895
6896            * On MS Windows...
6897
6898         """
6899         return _core_.PyApp_DisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs)
6900
6901     DisplayAvailable = staticmethod(DisplayAvailable)
6902 _core_.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
6903
6904 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
6905   """
6906     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6907
6908     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6909     currently be dispatched.
6910     """
6911   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
6912
6913 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
6914   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6915   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
6916
6917 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
6918   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6919   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
6920
6921 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
6922   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6923   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
6924
6925 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
6926   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6927   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
6928
6929 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
6930   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6931   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
6932
6933 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6934   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6935   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6936
6937 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6938   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6939   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6940
6941 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6942   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6943   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6944
6945 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6946   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6947   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6948
6949 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6950   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6951   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6952
6953 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
6954   """
6955     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6956
6957     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6958     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6959     """
6960   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
6961
6962 def PyApp_DisplayAvailable(*args):
6963   """
6964     PyApp_DisplayAvailable() -> bool
6965
6966     Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
6967     This will mean different things on the different platforms.
6968
6969        * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
6970          not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
6971          if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
6972
6973        * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
6974          able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
6975          remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
6976          of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
6977
6978        * On MS Windows...
6979
6980     """
6981   return _core_.PyApp_DisplayAvailable(*args)
6982
6983 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6984
6985
6986 def Exit(*args):
6987   """
6988     Exit()
6989
6990     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
6991     """
6992   return _core_.Exit(*args)
6993
6994 def Yield(*args):
6995   """
6996     Yield() -> bool
6997
6998     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
6999     """
7000   return _core_.Yield(*args)
7001
7002 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
7003   """
7004     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
7005
7006     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
7007     """
7008   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
7009
7010 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
7011   """
7012     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
7013
7014     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
7015     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
7016     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
7017     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
7018     interaction.
7019
7020     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
7021     """
7022   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
7023
7024 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
7025   """
7026     WakeUpIdle()
7027
7028     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
7029     sent.
7030     """
7031   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
7032
7033 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
7034   """
7035     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
7036
7037     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
7038     later.
7039     """
7040   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
7041
7042 def App_CleanUp(*args):
7043   """
7044     App_CleanUp()
7045
7046     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
7047     Python shuts down.
7048     """
7049   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
7050
7051 def GetApp(*args):
7052   """
7053     GetApp() -> PyApp
7054
7055     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
7056     """
7057   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
7058
7059 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
7060   """
7061     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
7062
7063     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
7064     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7065
7066     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
7067     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
7068     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
7069     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
7070     between the common latin/roman encodings.
7071     """
7072   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
7073
7074 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
7075   """
7076     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
7077
7078     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
7079     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7080     """
7081   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
7082 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7083
7084 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
7085     """
7086     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
7087     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
7088     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
7089     and write the text there.
7090     """
7091     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
7092         self.frame  = None
7093         self.title  = title
7094         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
7095         self.size   = (450, 300)
7096         self.parent = None
7097
7098     def SetParent(self, parent):
7099         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
7100         self.parent = parent
7101
7102
7103     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
7104         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
7105                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
7106         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
7107                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
7108         self.text.AppendText(st)
7109         self.frame.Show(True)
7110         self.frame.Bind(wx.EVT_CLOSE, self.OnCloseWindow)
7111
7112
7113     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
7114         if self.frame is not None:
7115             self.frame.Destroy()
7116         self.frame = None
7117         self.text  = None
7118
7119
7120     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
7121     def write(self, text):
7122         """
7123         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
7124         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
7125         CallAfter to do the work there.
7126         """
7127         if self.frame is None:
7128             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7129                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
7130             else:
7131                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
7132         else:
7133             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7134                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
7135             else:
7136                 self.text.AppendText(text)
7137
7138
7139     def close(self):
7140         if self.frame is not None:
7141             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
7142
7143
7144     def flush(self):
7145         pass
7146
7147
7148
7149 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7150
7151 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
7152
7153 class App(wx.PyApp):
7154     """
7155     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
7156
7157       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7158         gui toolkit
7159       * set and get application-wide properties
7160       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7161         and to dispatch events to window instances
7162       * etc.
7163
7164     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7165     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7166     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7167     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7168
7169     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7170     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7171     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7172
7173     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7174            directly.
7175     """
7176
7177     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7178
7179     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7180                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7181         """
7182         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7183
7184         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7185             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7186             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7187             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7188             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7189             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7190             class of your choosing.)
7191
7192         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7193             redirect is True.
7194
7195         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7196             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7197             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7198             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7199             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7200             toolkit is initialized.
7201
7202         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7203             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7204             GUI apps will.
7205
7206         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7207             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7208             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7209         """
7210
7211         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7212
7213         # make sure we can create a GUI
7214         if not self.DisplayAvailable():
7215
7216             if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7217                 msg = """This program needs access to the screen.
7218 Please run with 'pythonw', not 'python', and only when you are logged
7219 in on the main display of your Mac."""
7220
7221             elif wx.Platform == "__WXGTK__":
7222                 msg ="Unable to access the X Display, is $DISPLAY set properly?"
7223
7224             else:
7225                 msg = "Unable to create GUI"
7226                 # TODO: more description is needed for wxMSW...
7227
7228             raise SystemExit(msg)
7229
7230         # This has to be done before OnInit
7231         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7232
7233         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7234         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7235         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7236         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7237         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7238         # expected (depending on platform.)
7239         if clearSigInt:
7240             try:
7241                 import signal
7242                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7243             except:
7244                 pass
7245
7246         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7247         self.stdioWin = None
7248         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7249         if redirect:
7250             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7251
7252         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7253         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7254
7255         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7256         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7257         self._BootstrapApp()
7258
7259
7260     def OnPreInit(self):
7261         """
7262         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its
7263         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time
7264         that OnInit is called.
7265         """
7266         wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects()
7267
7268
7269     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7270         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7271         destroy(self)
7272
7273     def Destroy(self):
7274         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7275         self.thisown = 0
7276
7277     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7278         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7279         if self.stdioWin:
7280             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7281         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7282
7283
7284     def MainLoop(self):
7285         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7286         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7287         self.RestoreStdio()
7288
7289
7290     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7291         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7292         if filename:
7293             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7294         else:
7295             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7296             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7297
7298
7299     def RestoreStdio(self):
7300         try:
7301             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7302         except:
7303             pass
7304
7305
7306     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7307         """
7308         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7309         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7310         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7311         """
7312         if self.stdioWin:
7313             if title is not None:
7314                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7315             if pos is not None:
7316                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7317             if size is not None:
7318                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7324 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7325 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7326 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7327 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7328 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7329 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7330 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7331 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7332 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7333 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7334 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7335
7336 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7337
7338 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7339     """
7340     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7341     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7342     about OnInit.  For example::
7343
7344         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7345         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7346         frame.Show()
7347         app.MainLoop()
7348
7349     :see: `wx.App`
7350     """
7351
7352     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7353                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7354         """
7355         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7356         """
7357         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7358
7359     def OnInit(self):
7360         return True
7361
7362
7363
7364 # Is anybody using this one?
7365 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7366     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7367         self.size = size
7368         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7369
7370     def OnInit(self):
7371         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7372         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7373         return True
7374
7375     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7376         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7377         self.frame.Show(True)
7378
7379 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7380 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7381 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7382 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7383 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7384
7385 class __wxPyCleanup:
7386     def __init__(self):
7387         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7388     def __del__(self):
7389         self.cleanup()
7390
7391 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7392
7393 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7394 ## import atexit
7395 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7396
7397
7398 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7399
7400 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7401
7402 class EventLoop(object):
7403     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7404     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7405     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7406     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7407         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7408         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
7409     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
7410     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7411     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
7412         """Run(self) -> int"""
7413         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
7414
7415     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7416         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7417         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7418
7419     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7420         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7421         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7422
7423     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7424         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7425         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7426
7427     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7428         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7429         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7430
7431     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7432         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7433         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7434
7435     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
7436     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7437         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7438         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7439
7440     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
7441 _core_.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
7442
7443 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
7444   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7445   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
7446
7447 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7448   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7449   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7450
7451 class EventLoopActivator(object):
7452     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
7453     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7454     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7455     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7456         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
7457         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
7458     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
7459     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7460 _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
7461
7462 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7463
7464 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7465     """
7466     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
7467     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
7468     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
7469     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
7470
7471     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
7472     """
7473     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7474     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7475     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7476         """
7477         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
7478
7479         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7480         """
7481         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
7482     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
7483     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7484     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
7485         """
7486         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
7487
7488         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7489         :see `__init__`
7490         """
7491         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
7492
7493     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
7494         """
7495         GetFlags(self) -> int
7496
7497         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
7498         """
7499         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
7500
7501     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
7502         """
7503         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
7504
7505         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
7506         """
7507         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
7508
7509     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
7510         """
7511         GetCommand(self) -> int
7512
7513         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
7514         """
7515         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
7516
7517 _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
7518
7519 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
7520     """
7521     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
7522     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
7523     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
7524     supported.
7525     """
7526     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7527     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7528     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7529         """
7530         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
7531
7532         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7533         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
7534
7535         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7536         """
7537         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
7538     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
7539     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7540     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
7541         """Ok(self) -> bool"""
7542         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
7543
7544 _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
7545
7546
7547 def GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs):
7548   """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
7549   return _core_.GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs)
7550 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7551
7552 class VisualAttributes(object):
7553     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
7554     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7555     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7556     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7557         """
7558         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
7559
7560         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
7561         """
7562         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
7563     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
7564     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7565     font = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_font_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_font_set)
7566     colFg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_set)
7567     colBg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_set)
7568 _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
7569 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
7570 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
7571
7572 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
7573 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
7574 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
7575 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
7576 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
7577 class Window(EvtHandler):
7578     """
7579     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
7580     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
7581     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
7582     appear on screen themselves.
7583
7584     """
7585     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7586     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7587     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7588         """
7589         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7590             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
7591
7592         Construct and show a generic Window.
7593         """
7594         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
7595         self._setOORInfo(self)
7596
7597     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7598         """
7599         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7600             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
7601
7602         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
7603         """
7604         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7605
7606     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
7607         """
7608         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
7609
7610         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
7611         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
7612         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
7613         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
7614         """
7615         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
7616
7617     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
7618         """
7619         Destroy(self) -> bool
7620
7621         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
7622         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
7623         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
7624         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
7625         non-existent windows.
7626
7627         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
7628         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
7629         """
7630         val = _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
7631         args[0].thisown = 0
7632         return val
7633
7634     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
7635         """
7636         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
7637
7638         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
7639         destructor.
7640         """
7641         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
7642
7643     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
7644         """
7645         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
7646
7647         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
7648         """
7649         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
7650
7651     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7652         """
7653         SetLabel(self, String label)
7654
7655         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
7656         """
7657         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7658
7659     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7660         """
7661         GetLabel(self) -> String
7662
7663         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
7664         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
7665         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
7666         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
7667         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
7668         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
7669         """
7670         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7671
7672     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
7673         """
7674         SetName(self, String name)
7675
7676         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
7677         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
7678         """
7679         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
7680
7681     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
7682         """
7683         GetName(self) -> String
7684
7685         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
7686         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
7687         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
7688         """
7689         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
7690
7691     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7692         """
7693         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
7694
7695         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
7696         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
7697         """
7698         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7699
7700     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7701         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
7702         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7703
7704     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
7705         """
7706         SetId(self, int winid)
7707
7708         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7709         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
7710         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
7711         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
7712         """
7713         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
7714
7715     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
7716         """
7717         GetId(self) -> int
7718
7719         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7720         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
7721         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
7722         generated.
7723         """
7724         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
7725
7726     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7727         """
7728         NewControlId() -> int
7729
7730         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
7731         """
7732         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7733
7734     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
7735     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7736         """
7737         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
7738
7739         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
7740         autogenerated) id
7741         """
7742         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7743
7744     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
7745     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7746         """
7747         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
7748
7749         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
7750         autogenerated) id
7751         """
7752         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7753
7754     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
7755     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7756         """
7757         SetSize(self, Size size)
7758
7759         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7760         """
7761         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7762
7763     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
7764         """
7765         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7766
7767         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
7768         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
7769         equal to -1.
7770
7771             ========================  ======================================
7772             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
7773                                       default should be used.
7774             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
7775                                       -1 values are supplied.
7776             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
7777                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
7778                                       default values.
7779             ========================  ======================================
7780
7781         """
7782         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
7783
7784     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7785         """
7786         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7787
7788         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
7789         """
7790         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7791
7792     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7793         """
7794         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7795
7796         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7797         """
7798         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7799
7800     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
7801         """
7802         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7803
7804         Moves the window to the given position.
7805         """
7806         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
7807
7808     SetPosition = Move
7809     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
7810         """
7811         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7812
7813         Moves the window to the given position.
7814         """
7815         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
7816
7817     def SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7818         """
7819         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
7820
7821         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
7822         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
7823         """
7824         return _core_.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7825
7826     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
7827         """
7828         Raise(self)
7829
7830         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
7831         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7832         """
7833         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
7834
7835     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
7836         """
7837         Lower(self)
7838
7839         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
7840         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7841         """
7842         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
7843
7844     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7845         """
7846         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
7847
7848         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7849         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7850         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7851         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7852         around panel items, for example.
7853         """
7854         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7855
7856     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7857         """
7858         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7859
7860         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7861         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7862         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7863         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7864         around panel items, for example.
7865         """
7866         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7867
7868     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7869         """
7870         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
7871
7872         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7873         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7874         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7875         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7876         around panel items, for example.
7877         """
7878         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7879
7880     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7881         """
7882         GetPosition(self) -> Point
7883
7884         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7885         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7886         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7887         kinds of windows.
7888         """
7889         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7890
7891     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7892         """
7893         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7894
7895         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7896         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7897         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7898         kinds of windows.
7899         """
7900         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7901
7902     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7903         """
7904         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
7905
7906         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7907         """
7908         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7909
7910     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7911         """
7912         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7913
7914         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7915         """
7916         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7917
7918     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
7919         """
7920         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
7921
7922         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
7923         a `wx.Rect` object.
7924         """
7925         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
7926
7927     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7928         """
7929         GetSize(self) -> Size
7930
7931         Get the window size.
7932         """
7933         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7934
7935     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7936         """
7937         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7938
7939         Get the window size.
7940         """
7941         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7942
7943     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7944         """
7945         GetRect(self) -> Rect
7946
7947         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
7948         """
7949         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7950
7951     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7952         """
7953         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
7954
7955         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7956         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7957         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7958         """
7959         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7960
7961     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7962         """
7963         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7964
7965         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7966         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7967         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7968         """
7969         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7970
7971     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
7972         """
7973         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
7974
7975         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
7976         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
7977         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
7978         """
7979         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
7980
7981     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7982         """
7983         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
7984
7985         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
7986         """
7987         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7988
7989     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7990         """
7991         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
7992
7993         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7994         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7995         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7996         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7997         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7998         after calling Fit.
7999         """
8000         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8001
8002     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8003         """
8004         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8005
8006         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8007         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8008         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8009         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8010         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8011         after calling Fit.
8012         """
8013         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8014
8015     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8016         """
8017         InvalidateBestSize(self)
8018
8019         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
8020         time it is needed.
8021         """
8022         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8023
8024     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8025         """
8026         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
8027
8028         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
8029         some properties of the window change.)
8030         """
8031         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8032
8033     def GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
8034         """
8035         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size
8036
8037         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
8038         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
8039         the results.
8040
8041         """
8042         return _core_.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
8043
8044     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8045         """
8046         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size
8047
8048         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one
8049         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the
8050         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any
8051         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window
8052         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly
8053         tolerate.
8054         """
8055         return _core_.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8056
8057     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
8058         """
8059         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
8060
8061         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
8062         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
8063         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
8064         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
8065         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
8066         relative to the screen.
8067         """
8068         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
8069
8070     Centre = Center
8071     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
8072         """
8073         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
8074
8075         Center with respect to the the parent window
8076         """
8077         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
8078
8079     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
8080     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
8081         """
8082         Fit(self)
8083
8084         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
8085         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
8086         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
8087         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
8088         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
8089         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
8090         instead of calling Fit.
8091         """
8092         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
8093
8094     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
8095         """
8096         FitInside(self)
8097
8098         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
8099         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
8100         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
8101         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
8102         anything if there are no subwindows.
8103         """
8104         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
8105
8106     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8107         """
8108         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
8109             int incH=-1)
8110
8111         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8112         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8113         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8114         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8115         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8116         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8117
8118         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8119         """
8120         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8121
8122     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8123         """
8124         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
8125
8126         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8127         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8128         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8129         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8130         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8131         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8132
8133         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8134         """
8135         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8136
8137     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8138         """
8139         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
8140
8141         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8142         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8143         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8144         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8145         """
8146         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8147
8148     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8149         """
8150         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
8151
8152         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8153         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8154         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8155         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8156         """
8157         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8158
8159     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8160         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
8161         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8162
8163     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8164         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8165         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8166
8167     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8168         """
8169         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8170
8171         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8172         min size.
8173         """
8174         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8175
8176     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8177         """
8178         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8179
8180         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8181         max size.
8182         """
8183         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8184
8185     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8186         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8187         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8188
8189     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8190         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8191         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8192
8193     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8194         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8195         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8196
8197     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8198         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8199         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8200
8201     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8202         """
8203         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8204
8205         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8206         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8207         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8208         """
8209         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8210
8211     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8212         """
8213         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8214
8215         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8216         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8217         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8218         """
8219         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8220
8221     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8222         """
8223         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8224
8225         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8226         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8227         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8228         """
8229         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8230
8231     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8232         """
8233         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8234
8235         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8236         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8237         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8238         """
8239         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8240
8241     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8242         """
8243         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8244
8245         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8246         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8247         """
8248         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8249
8250     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8251         """
8252         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8253
8254         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8255         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8256         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8257         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8258         because it already was in the requested state.
8259         """
8260         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8261
8262     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8263         """
8264         Hide(self) -> bool
8265
8266         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8267         """
8268         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8269
8270     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8271         """
8272         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8273
8274         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8275         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8276         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8277         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8278         window had already been in the specified state.
8279         """
8280         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8281
8282     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8283         """
8284         Disable(self) -> bool
8285
8286         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8287         """
8288         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8289
8290     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8291         """
8292         IsShown(self) -> bool
8293
8294         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8295         """
8296         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8297
8298     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8299         """
8300         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8301
8302         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8303         """
8304         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8305
8306     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8307         """
8308         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8309
8310         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8311         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8312         called after changing the others for the change to take place
8313         immediately.
8314         """
8315         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8316
8317     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8318         """
8319         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8320
8321         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8322         method.
8323         """
8324         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8325
8326     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
8327     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8328         """
8329         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8330
8331         Test if the given style is set for this window.
8332         """
8333         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8334
8335     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
8336         """
8337         IsRetained(self) -> bool
8338
8339         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
8340         windows are only available on X platforms.
8341         """
8342         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
8343
8344     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8345         """
8346         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8347
8348         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
8349         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8350         SetWindowStyleFlag()
8351         """
8352         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8353
8354     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8355         """
8356         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8357
8358         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8359         """
8360         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8361
8362     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
8363         """
8364         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
8365
8366         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
8367         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
8368         effect.
8369         """
8370         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
8371
8372     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8373         """
8374         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
8375
8376         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
8377          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
8378          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
8379          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
8380          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
8381          user's selected theme.
8382
8383         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
8384         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
8385         """
8386         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8387
8388     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8389         """
8390         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
8391
8392         Return the themeEnabled flag.
8393         """
8394         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8395
8396     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8397         """
8398         SetFocus(self)
8399
8400         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
8401         """
8402         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8403
8404     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
8405         """
8406         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
8407
8408         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
8409         only called internally.
8410         """
8411         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
8412
8413     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8414         """
8415         FindFocus() -> Window
8416
8417         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
8418         or None.
8419         """
8420         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8421
8422     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
8423     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8424         """
8425         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
8426
8427         Can this window have focus?
8428         """
8429         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8430
8431     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
8432         """
8433         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
8434
8435         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
8436         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
8437         it.
8438         """
8439         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
8440
8441     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
8442         """
8443         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
8444
8445         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a
8446         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.
8447         """
8448         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
8449
8450     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8451         """
8452         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8453
8454         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
8455         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
8456         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
8457
8458         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
8459         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
8460         windows.
8461
8462         """
8463         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8464
8465     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8466         """
8467         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8468
8469         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
8470         before win instead of putting it right after it.
8471         """
8472         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8473
8474     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8475         """
8476         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
8477
8478         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
8479         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
8480         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
8481         do not change.
8482         """
8483         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8484
8485     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
8486         """
8487         GetParent(self) -> Window
8488
8489         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
8490         """
8491         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
8492
8493     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
8494         """
8495         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
8496
8497         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
8498         isn't one.
8499         """
8500         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
8501
8502     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
8503         """
8504         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
8505
8506         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
8507         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
8508         if they have a parent window).
8509         """
8510         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
8511
8512     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
8513         """
8514         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
8515
8516         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
8517         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
8518         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
8519         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
8520         oldParent)
8521         """
8522         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
8523
8524     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
8525         """
8526         AddChild(self, Window child)
8527
8528         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
8529         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
8530         """
8531         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
8532
8533     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
8534         """
8535         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
8536
8537         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
8538         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
8539         programmer.
8540         """
8541         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
8542
8543     def SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
8544         """
8545         SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on)
8546
8547         Currently wxGTK2 only.
8548         """
8549         return _core_.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
8550
8551     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
8552         """
8553         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
8554
8555         Find a chld of this window by window ID
8556         """
8557         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
8558
8559     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
8560         """
8561         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
8562
8563         Find a child of this window by name
8564         """
8565         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
8566
8567     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8568         """
8569         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
8570
8571         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
8572         its own event handler.
8573         """
8574         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8575
8576     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8577         """
8578         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8579
8580         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
8581         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,
8582         the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to
8583         substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of
8584         event-handling for a variety of different window classes.
8585
8586         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
8587         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
8588         handler is handed to the next one in the chain.
8589         """
8590         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8591
8592     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8593         """
8594         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8595
8596         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
8597         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
8598         sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but
8599         an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow
8600         central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different
8601         window classes.
8602
8603         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
8604         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
8605         handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to
8606         remove the event handler.
8607         """
8608         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8609
8610     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8611         """
8612         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
8613
8614         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
8615         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
8616         destroyed after it is popped.
8617         """
8618         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8619
8620     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8621         """
8622         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
8623
8624         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
8625         delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found
8626         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
8627         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
8628         there.)
8629         """
8630         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8631
8632     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8633         """
8634         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
8635
8636         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
8637         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
8638         type.
8639         """
8640         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8641
8642     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8643         """
8644         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
8645
8646         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
8647         there is none.
8648         """
8649         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8650
8651     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
8652         """
8653         Validate(self) -> bool
8654
8655         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
8656         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8657         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
8658         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
8659         """
8660         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
8661
8662     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8663         """
8664         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
8665
8666         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
8667         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8668         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
8669         all child windows.
8670         """
8671         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8672
8673     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8674         """
8675         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
8676
8677         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
8678         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
8679         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
8680         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
8681         """
8682         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8683
8684     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8685         """
8686         InitDialog(self)
8687
8688         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
8689         to the dialog via validators.
8690         """
8691         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8692
8693     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8694         """
8695         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
8696
8697         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
8698         """
8699         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8700
8701     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8702         """
8703         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
8704
8705         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
8706         """
8707         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8708
8709     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8710         """
8711         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
8712
8713         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
8714         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
8715         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
8716         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
8717         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
8718         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
8719         hotkey was registered successfully.
8720         """
8721         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8722
8723     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8724         """
8725         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
8726
8727         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
8728         """
8729         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8730
8731     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8732         """
8733         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
8734
8735         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8736         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8737         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8738         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8739         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8740         then divided by 8.
8741         """
8742         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8743
8744     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8745         """
8746         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
8747
8748         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8749         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8750         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8751         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8752         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8753         then divided by 8.
8754         """
8755         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8756
8757     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
8758         """
8759         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
8760
8761         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8762         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8763         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8764         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8765         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8766         then divided by 8.
8767         """
8768         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
8769
8770     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
8771         """
8772         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
8773
8774         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8775         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8776         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8777         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8778         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8779         then divided by 8.
8780         """
8781         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
8782
8783     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8784         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
8785         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8786
8787     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8788         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
8789         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8790
8791     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
8792         """
8793         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
8794
8795         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
8796
8797         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
8798         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
8799         """
8800         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
8801
8802     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8803         """
8804         CaptureMouse(self)
8805
8806         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
8807         release the capture.
8808
8809         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
8810         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
8811         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
8812         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
8813         release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window
8814         receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event.
8815
8816         Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some
8817         operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this
8818         operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not
8819         recapture mouse.
8820         """
8821         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8822
8823     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8824         """
8825         ReleaseMouse(self)
8826
8827         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
8828         """
8829         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8830
8831     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8832         """
8833         GetCapture() -> Window
8834
8835         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
8836         """
8837         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8838
8839     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
8840     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8841         """
8842         HasCapture(self) -> bool
8843
8844         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
8845         """
8846         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8847
8848     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
8849         """
8850         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
8851
8852         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
8853         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
8854         to the window.
8855         """
8856         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
8857
8858     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
8859         """
8860         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
8861
8862         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
8863         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
8864         """
8865         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
8866
8867     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
8868         """
8869         Update(self)
8870
8871         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
8872         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
8873         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
8874         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
8875         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use Refresh
8876         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
8877         it) unconditionally.
8878         """
8879         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
8880
8881     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8882         """
8883         ClearBackground(self)
8884
8885         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
8886         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
8887         """
8888         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
8889
8890     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
8891         """
8892         Freeze(self)
8893
8894         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
8895         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
8896         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
8897         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
8898         been undone.
8899
8900         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
8901         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
8902         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
8903         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
8904         mandatory directive.
8905         """
8906         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
8907
8908     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
8909         """
8910         Thaw(self)
8911
8912         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
8913         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
8914         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
8915         """
8916         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
8917
8918     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
8919         """
8920         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
8921
8922         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
8923         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
8924         scroll position.
8925         """
8926         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
8927
8928     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
8929         """
8930         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
8931
8932         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
8933         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
8934         """
8935         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
8936
8937     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8938         """
8939         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
8940
8941         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
8942         """
8943         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8944
8945     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
8946         """
8947         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
8948
8949         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8950         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8951         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8952         exposed.
8953         """
8954         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
8955
8956     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
8957         """
8958         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
8959
8960         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8961         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8962         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8963         exposed.
8964         """
8965         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
8966
8967     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
8968         """
8969         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
8970
8971         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8972         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8973         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8974         exposed.
8975         """
8976         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
8977
8978     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8979         """
8980         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
8981
8982         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
8983         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
8984         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
8985         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
8986         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8987         """
8988         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8989
8990     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8991         """
8992         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
8993
8994         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
8995         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
8996         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
8997         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
8998         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8999
9000         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9001         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9002         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9003         this.
9004         """
9005         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9006
9007     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
9008     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9009         """
9010         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9011
9012         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
9013         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
9014         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
9015         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
9016         to the default background colour.
9017
9018         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
9019         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
9020         calling this function.
9021
9022         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
9023         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
9024         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
9025         applications on the system.
9026         """
9027         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9028
9029     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9030         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9031         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9032
9033     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9034         """
9035         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9036
9037         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
9038         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
9039         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
9040         not be used at all.
9041         """
9042         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9043
9044     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9045         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9046         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9047
9048     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9049         """
9050         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
9051
9052         Returns the background colour of the window.
9053         """
9054         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9055
9056     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9057         """
9058         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
9059
9060         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
9061         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
9062         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
9063         """
9064         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9065
9066     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9067         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
9068         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9069
9070     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
9071         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
9072         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
9073
9074     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9075         """
9076         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
9077
9078         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
9079         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
9080
9081             ======================  ========================================
9082             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
9083                                     be determined by the system
9084             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
9085             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
9086                                     application.
9087             ======================  ========================================
9088
9089         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
9090         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
9091         no effect on other platforms.
9092
9093         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
9094         """
9095         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9096
9097     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9098         """
9099         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
9100
9101         Returns the background style of the window.
9102
9103         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
9104         """
9105         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9106
9107     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9108         """
9109         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
9110
9111         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
9112         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
9113         background.
9114
9115         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
9116         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
9117         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
9118         correctly.
9119         """
9120         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9121
9122     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9123         """
9124         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
9125
9126         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
9127         for the children of the window implicitly.
9128
9129         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
9130         be reset back to default.
9131         """
9132         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9133
9134     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9135         """
9136         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
9137
9138         Return the cursor associated with this window.
9139         """
9140         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9141
9142     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9143         """
9144         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
9145
9146         Sets the font for this window.
9147         """
9148         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9149
9150     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
9151         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9152         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9153
9154     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9155         """
9156         GetFont(self) -> Font
9157
9158         Returns the default font used for this window.
9159         """
9160         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9161
9162     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9163         """
9164         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9165
9166         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9167         """
9168         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9169
9170     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9171         """
9172         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9173
9174         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9175         """
9176         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9177
9178     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9179         """
9180         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9181
9182         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9183         """
9184         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9185
9186     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9187         """
9188         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9189
9190         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9191         """
9192         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9193
9194     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9195         """
9196         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9197
9198         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9199         """
9200         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9201
9202     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9203         """
9204         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9205            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9206
9207         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9208         current or specified font.
9209         """
9210         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9211
9212     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9213         """
9214         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9215
9216         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9217         """
9218         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
9219
9220     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
9221         """
9222         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9223
9224         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9225         """
9226         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
9227
9228     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9229         """
9230         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9231
9232         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9233         """
9234         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9235
9236     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
9237         """
9238         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9239
9240         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9241         """
9242         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
9243
9244     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
9245         """
9246         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9247
9248         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9249         """
9250         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
9251
9252     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
9253         """
9254         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9255
9256         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9257         """
9258         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
9259
9260     def GetBorder(*args):
9261         """
9262         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9263         GetBorder(self) -> int
9264
9265         Get border for the flags of this window
9266         """
9267         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
9268
9269     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
9270         """
9271         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9272
9273         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9274         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9275         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9276         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9277         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9278         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9279         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9280         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9281         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9282         in idle time.
9283         """
9284         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
9285
9286     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
9287         """
9288         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9289
9290         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9291         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9292         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9293         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9294         mouse cursor will be used.
9295         """
9296         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
9297
9298     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9299         """
9300         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
9301
9302         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9303         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9304         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9305         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9306         mouse cursor will be used.
9307         """
9308         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9309
9310     def HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs):
9311         """HasMultiplePages(self) -> bool"""
9312         return _core_.Window_HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs)
9313
9314     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9315         """
9316         GetHandle(self) -> long
9317
9318         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
9319         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
9320         toplevel parent of the window.
9321         """
9322         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9323
9324     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9325         """
9326         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
9327
9328         Associate the window with a new native handle
9329         """
9330         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9331
9332     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9333         """
9334         DissociateHandle(self)
9335
9336         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
9337         """
9338         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9339
9340     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9341         """
9342         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
9343
9344         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
9345         """
9346         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9347
9348     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9349         """
9350         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
9351             bool refresh=True)
9352
9353         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
9354         """
9355         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9356
9357     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9358         """
9359         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
9360
9361         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
9362         """
9363         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9364
9365     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9366         """
9367         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
9368
9369         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
9370         """
9371         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9372
9373     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
9374         """
9375         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
9376
9377         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
9378         """
9379         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
9380
9381     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
9382         """
9383         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
9384
9385         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
9386         """
9387         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
9388
9389     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9390         """
9391         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
9392
9393         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
9394         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
9395         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
9396         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
9397         """
9398         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9399
9400     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
9401         """
9402         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
9403
9404         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9405         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
9406         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9407         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9408         """
9409         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
9410
9411     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
9412         """
9413         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
9414
9415         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9416         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
9417         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9418         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9419         """
9420         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
9421
9422     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
9423         """
9424         LineUp(self) -> bool
9425
9426         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
9427         """
9428         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
9429
9430     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
9431         """
9432         LineDown(self) -> bool
9433
9434         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
9435         """
9436         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
9437
9438     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
9439         """
9440         PageUp(self) -> bool
9441
9442         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
9443         """
9444         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
9445
9446     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
9447         """
9448         PageDown(self) -> bool
9449
9450         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
9451         """
9452         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
9453
9454     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9455         """
9456         SetHelpText(self, String text)
9457
9458         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9459         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9460         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9461         """
9462         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9463
9464     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
9465         """
9466         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
9467
9468         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
9469         one.
9470         """
9471         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
9472
9473     def GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9474         """
9475         GetHelpTextAtPoint(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String
9476
9477         Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.
9478
9479         Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown
9480         and this method should return the global window help text then
9481
9482         """
9483         return _core_.Window_GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9484
9485     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9486         """
9487         GetHelpText(self) -> String
9488
9489         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9490         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9491         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9492         """
9493         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9494
9495     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
9496         """
9497         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
9498
9499         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9500         """
9501         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
9502
9503     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9504         """
9505         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
9506
9507         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9508         """
9509         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9510
9511     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9512         """
9513         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
9514
9515         get the associated tooltip or None if none
9516         """
9517         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9518
9519     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9520         """
9521         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
9522
9523         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
9524         a drop target, it is deleted.
9525         """
9526         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9527
9528     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9529         """
9530         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
9531
9532         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
9533         """
9534         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9535
9536     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
9537         """
9538         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
9539
9540         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
9541         Only functional on Windows.
9542         """
9543         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
9544
9545     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9546         """
9547         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
9548
9549         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
9550         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
9551         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
9552         constraints.
9553
9554         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
9555         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
9556         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
9557         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
9558         effect.
9559         """
9560         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9561
9562     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9563         """
9564         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
9565
9566         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
9567         are none.
9568         """
9569         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9570
9571     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9572         """
9573         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
9574
9575         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
9576         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
9577         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
9578         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
9579
9580         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
9581         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
9582         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
9583         """
9584         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9585
9586     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9587         """
9588         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
9589
9590         Returns the current autoLayout setting
9591         """
9592         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9593
9594     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
9595         """
9596         Layout(self) -> bool
9597
9598         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
9599         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
9600         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
9601         handler when the window is resized.
9602         """
9603         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
9604
9605     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9606         """
9607         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9608
9609         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
9610         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
9611         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
9612         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
9613         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
9614         non-None, and False otherwise.
9615         """
9616         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9617
9618     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
9619         """
9620         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9621
9622         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
9623         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
9624         """
9625         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
9626
9627     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9628         """
9629         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
9630
9631         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
9632         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
9633         """
9634         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9635
9636     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9637         """
9638         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
9639
9640         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
9641         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
9642         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
9643         """
9644         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9645
9646     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9647         """
9648         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
9649
9650         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
9651         """
9652         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9653
9654     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9655         """
9656         InheritAttributes(self)
9657
9658         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
9659         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
9660         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
9661         colours.
9662
9663         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
9664         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
9665         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
9666         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
9667         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
9668         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
9669         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
9670         no matter what and only the font might.
9671
9672         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
9673         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
9674         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
9675         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
9676         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
9677         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
9678         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
9679         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
9680         parents attributes.
9681
9682         """
9683         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9684
9685     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
9686         """
9687         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
9688
9689         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
9690         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
9691         from the parent window.
9692
9693         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
9694         wxControl where it returns true.
9695         """
9696         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
9697
9698     def CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
9699         """
9700         CanSetTransparent(self) -> bool
9701
9702         Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for
9703         this window.  Note that this method will err on the side of caution,
9704         so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact
9705         possible to set the transparency.
9706
9707         NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite
9708         extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such
9709         as xcompmgr) running.
9710         """
9711         return _core_.Window_CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
9712
9713     def SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
9714         """
9715         SetTransparent(self, byte alpha) -> bool
9716
9717         Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value,
9718         returns True on success.  The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the
9719         range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully
9720         opaque.
9721         """
9722         return _core_.Window_SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
9723
9724     def PostCreate(self, pre):
9725         """
9726         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
9727         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
9728         """
9729         self.this = pre.this
9730         self.thisown = pre.thisown
9731         pre.thisown = 0
9732         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
9733             self._setOORInfo(self)
9734         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
9735             self._setCallbackInfo(self, self.__class__)
9736
9737     def SendSizeEvent(self):
9738         self.GetEventHandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
9739
9740 _core_.Window_swigregister(Window)
9741
9742 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9743     """
9744     PreWindow() -> Window
9745
9746     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
9747     """
9748     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9749     return val
9750
9751 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
9752   """
9753     Window_NewControlId() -> int
9754
9755     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
9756     """
9757   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
9758
9759 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9760   """
9761     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
9762
9763     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
9764     autogenerated) id
9765     """
9766   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9767
9768 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9769   """
9770     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
9771
9772     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
9773     autogenerated) id
9774     """
9775   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9776
9777 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
9778   """
9779     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
9780
9781     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
9782     or None.
9783     """
9784   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
9785
9786 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
9787   """
9788     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
9789
9790     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9791     """
9792   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
9793
9794 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9795   """
9796     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9797
9798     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9799     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9800     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9801     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9802     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9803
9804     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9805     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9806     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9807     this.
9808     """
9809   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9810
9811 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
9812     """
9813     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
9814     dialog units to pixel units.
9815     """
9816     if y is None:
9817         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
9818     else:
9819         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
9820
9821 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
9822     """
9823     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
9824     dialog units to pixel units.
9825     """
9826     if height is None:
9827         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
9828     else:
9829         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
9830
9831
9832 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
9833   """
9834     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
9835
9836     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
9837     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
9838     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9839     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9840     """
9841   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
9842
9843 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
9844   """
9845     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
9846
9847     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
9848     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
9849     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
9850     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
9851     cases.
9852
9853     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
9854     """
9855   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
9856
9857 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9858   """
9859     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
9860
9861     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
9862     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
9863     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
9864     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9865     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9866     """
9867   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9868
9869 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
9870   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
9871   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
9872
9873 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
9874   """
9875     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
9876
9877     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
9878     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
9879     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
9880     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
9881
9882     """
9883   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
9884 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9885
9886 class Validator(EvtHandler):
9887     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
9888     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9889     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9890     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9891         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
9892         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
9893         self._setOORInfo(self)
9894
9895     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
9896         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
9897         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
9898
9899     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
9900         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
9901         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
9902
9903     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9904         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
9905         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9906
9907     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9908         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
9909         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9910
9911     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9912         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
9913         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9914
9915     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9916         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
9917         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9918
9919     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
9920         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
9921         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
9922
9923     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
9924     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9925         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9926         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9927
9928     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
9929 _core_.Validator_swigregister(Validator)
9930
9931 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
9932   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
9933   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
9934
9935 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9936   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9937   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9938
9939 class PyValidator(Validator):
9940     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
9941     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9942     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9943     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9944         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
9945         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
9946
9947         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyValidator, 1)
9948         self._setOORInfo(self)
9949
9950     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
9951         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)"""
9952         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
9953
9954 _core_.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
9955
9956 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9957
9958 class Menu(EvtHandler):
9959     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
9960     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9961     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9962     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9963         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
9964         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
9965         self._setOORInfo(self)
9966
9967     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
9968         """Append(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9969         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
9970
9971     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9972         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9973         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9974
9975     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9976         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9977         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9978
9979     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9980         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9981         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9982
9983     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9984         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9985         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9986
9987     def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9988         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9989         return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9990
9991     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
9992         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9993         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
9994
9995     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
9996         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9997         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
9998
9999     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
10000         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10001         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
10002
10003     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
10004         """Break(self)"""
10005         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
10006
10007     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10008         """
10009         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString,
10010             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10011         """
10012         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10013
10014     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10015         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
10016         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10017
10018     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10019         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10020         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10021
10022     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10023         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10024         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10025
10026     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10027         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10028         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10029
10030     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
10031         """Prepend(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
10032         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
10033
10034     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10035         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10036         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10037
10038     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10039         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10040         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10041
10042     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10043         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10044         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10045
10046     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10047         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10048         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10049
10050     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10051         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10052         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10053
10054     def RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs):
10055         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10056         return _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs)
10057
10058     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10059         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
10060         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10061
10062     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
10063         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10064         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
10065
10066     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
10067         """
10068         Destroy(self)
10069
10070         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10071         """
10072         val = _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
10073         args[0].thisown = 0
10074         return val
10075
10076     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
10077         """
10078         DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool
10079
10080         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10081         """
10082         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
10083         args[0].thisown = 0
10084         return val
10085
10086     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
10087         """
10088         DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool
10089
10090         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10091         """
10092         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
10093         args[0].thisown = 0
10094         return val
10095
10096     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
10097         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
10098         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
10099
10100     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
10101         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
10102         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
10103
10104     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
10105         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
10106         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
10107
10108     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10109         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10110         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10111
10112     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10113         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
10114         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10115
10116     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10117         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10118         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10119
10120     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10121         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10122         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10123
10124     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10125         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10126         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10127
10128     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10129         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10130         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10131
10132     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10133         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10134         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10135
10136     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10137         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10138         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10139
10140     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10141         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10142         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10143
10144     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10145         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10146         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10147
10148     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10149         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
10150         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10151
10152     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10153         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
10154         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10155
10156     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10157         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
10158         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10159
10160     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10161         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
10162         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10163
10164     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10165         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
10166         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10167
10168     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10169         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
10170         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10171
10172     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
10173         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
10174         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
10175
10176     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
10177         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
10178         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
10179
10180     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
10181         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
10182         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
10183
10184     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10185         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
10186         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10187
10188     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10189         """Detach(self)"""
10190         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10191
10192     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10193         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10194         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10195
10196     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10197         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10198         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10199
10200     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10201         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10202         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10203
10204 _core_.Menu_swigregister(Menu)
10205 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
10206
10207 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10208
10209 class MenuBar(Window):
10210     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10211     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10212     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10213     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10214         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10215         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
10216         self._setOORInfo(self)
10217
10218     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10219         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10220         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10221
10222     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10223         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10224         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10225
10226     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
10227         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
10228         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
10229
10230     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10231         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10232         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10233
10234     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
10235         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
10236         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
10237
10238     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10239         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10240         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10241
10242     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
10243         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
10244         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
10245
10246     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
10247         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
10248         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
10249
10250     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10251         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
10252         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10253
10254     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10255         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
10256         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10257
10258     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
10259         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
10260         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
10261
10262     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10263         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10264         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10265
10266     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10267         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
10268         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10269
10270     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10271         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10272         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10273
10274     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10275         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10276         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10277
10278     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10279         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10280         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10281
10282     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10283         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10284         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10285
10286     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10287         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10288         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10289
10290     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10291         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10292         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10293
10294     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10295         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10296         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10297
10298     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10299         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10300         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10301
10302     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
10303         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
10304         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
10305
10306     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10307         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10308         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10309
10310     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10311         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
10312         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10313
10314     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10315         """Detach(self)"""
10316         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10317
10318     def UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs):
10319         """UpdateMenus(self)"""
10320         return _core_.MenuBar_UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs)
10321
10322     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10323         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10324         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10325
10326     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
10327     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10328         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10329         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10330
10331     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
10332 _core_.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
10333
10334 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10335   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10336   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10337
10338 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
10339   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10340   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
10341
10342 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10343
10344 class MenuItem(Object):
10345     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
10346     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10347     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10348     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10349         """
10350         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,
10351             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
10352             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
10353         """
10354         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
10355     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
10356     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10357     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10358         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10359         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10360
10361     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10362         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10363         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10364
10365     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
10366         """SetId(self, int id)"""
10367         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
10368
10369     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
10370         """GetId(self) -> int"""
10371         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
10372
10373     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10374         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
10375         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10376
10377     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
10378         """SetText(self, String str)"""
10379         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
10380
10381     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10382         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
10383         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10384
10385     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
10386         """GetText(self) -> String"""
10387         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
10388
10389     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10390         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10391         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10392
10393     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
10394     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10395         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
10396         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10397
10398     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10399         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
10400         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10401
10402     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10403         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
10404         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10405
10406     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10407         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
10408         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10409
10410     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10411         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
10412         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10413
10414     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10415         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10416         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10417
10418     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10419         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10420         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10421
10422     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10423         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
10424         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10425
10426     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10427         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
10428         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10429
10430     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10431         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
10432         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10433
10434     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10435         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
10436         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10437
10438     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
10439         """Toggle(self)"""
10440         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
10441
10442     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10443         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
10444         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10445
10446     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10447         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
10448         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10449
10450     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10451         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
10452         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10453
10454     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10455         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
10456         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10457
10458     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10459         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
10460         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10461
10462     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10463         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10464         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10465
10466     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10467         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
10468         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10469
10470     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10471         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
10472         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10473
10474     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10475         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
10476         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10477
10478     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10479         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
10480         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10481
10482     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10483         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
10484         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10485
10486     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10487         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
10488         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10489
10490     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
10491         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
10492         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
10493
10494     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10495         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
10496         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10497
10498     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10499         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10500         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10501
10502     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10503         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
10504         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10505
10506     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10507         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
10508         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10509
10510     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10511         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10512         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10513
10514     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
10515     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10516         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
10517         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10518
10519     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10520         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
10521         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10522
10523     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10524         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
10525         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10526
10527 _core_.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
10528
10529 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10530   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10531   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10532
10533 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
10534   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10535   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
10536
10537 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10538
10539 class Control(Window):
10540     """
10541     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
10542
10543     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
10544     and/or displays one or more item of data.
10545     """
10546     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10547     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10548     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10549         """
10550         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10551             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10552             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
10553
10554         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
10555         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
10556         """
10557         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
10558         self._setOORInfo(self)
10559
10560     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
10561         """
10562         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10563             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10564             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
10565
10566         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
10567         """
10568         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
10569
10570     def GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs):
10571         """
10572         GetAlignment(self) -> int
10573
10574         Get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)
10575         """
10576         return _core_.Control_GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs)
10577
10578     def GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs):
10579         """
10580         GetLabelText(self) -> String
10581
10582         Get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&')
10583         """
10584         return _core_.Control_GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs)
10585
10586     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
10587         """
10588         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
10589
10590         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
10591
10592         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
10593
10594         """
10595         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
10596
10597     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10598         """
10599         GetLabel(self) -> String
10600
10601         Return a control's text.
10602         """
10603         return _core_.Control_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10604
10605     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10606         """
10607         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10608
10609         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10610         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10611         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10612         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10613         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10614
10615         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10616         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10617         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10618         this.
10619         """
10620         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10621
10622     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
10623 _core_.Control_swigregister(Control)
10624 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
10625
10626 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
10627     """
10628     PreControl() -> Control
10629
10630     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
10631     """
10632     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
10633     return val
10634
10635 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10636   """
10637     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10638
10639     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10640     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10641     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10642     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10643     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10644
10645     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10646     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10647     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10648     this.
10649     """
10650   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10651
10652 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10653
10654 class ItemContainer(object):
10655     """
10656     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
10657     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
10658     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
10659     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
10660     this one.
10661
10662     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
10663     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
10664     all conform to the same interface.
10665
10666     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
10667     optionally, client data associated with them.
10668
10669     """
10670     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10671     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10672     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10673     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10674         """
10675         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10676
10677         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
10678         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
10679         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
10680         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
10681         """
10682         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10683
10684     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
10685         """
10686         AppendItems(self, List strings)
10687
10688         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
10689         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
10690         need to add a lot of items.
10691         """
10692         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
10693
10694     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10695         """
10696         Insert(self, String item, unsigned int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10697
10698         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
10699         optionally associating some data object with the item.
10700         """
10701         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10702
10703     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
10704         """
10705         Clear(self)
10706
10707         Removes all items from the control.
10708         """
10709         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
10710
10711     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10712         """
10713         Delete(self, unsigned int n)
10714
10715         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
10716         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
10717         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
10718         than the number of items in the control.
10719         """
10720         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10721
10722     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10723         """
10724         GetClientData(self, unsigned int n) -> PyObject
10725
10726         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
10727         """
10728         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10729
10730     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10731         """
10732         SetClientData(self, unsigned int n, PyObject clientData)
10733
10734         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
10735         """
10736         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10737
10738     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
10739         """
10740         GetCount(self) -> unsigned int
10741
10742         Returns the number of items in the control.
10743         """
10744         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
10745
10746     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
10747         """
10748         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
10749
10750         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
10751         """
10752         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
10753
10754     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
10755         """
10756         GetString(self, unsigned int n) -> String
10757
10758         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
10759         """
10760         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
10761
10762     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
10763         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
10764         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
10765
10766     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
10767         """
10768         SetString(self, unsigned int n, String s)
10769
10770         Sets the label for the given item.
10771         """
10772         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
10773
10774     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
10775         """
10776         FindString(self, String s) -> int
10777
10778         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
10779         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
10780         found.
10781         """
10782         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
10783
10784     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10785         """
10786         SetSelection(self, int n)
10787
10788         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
10789         """
10790         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10791
10792     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10793         """
10794         GetSelection(self) -> int
10795
10796         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
10797         is selected.
10798         """
10799         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10800
10801     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10802         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
10803         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10804
10805     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10806         """
10807         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
10808
10809         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
10810         is selected.
10811         """
10812         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10813
10814     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
10815         """
10816         Select(self, int n)
10817
10818         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
10819         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
10820         """
10821         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
10822
10823 _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
10824
10825 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10826
10827 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
10828     """
10829     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
10830     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
10831     that have items.
10832     """
10833     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10834     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10835     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10836 _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
10837
10838 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10839
10840 class SizerItem(Object):
10841     """
10842     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
10843     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually
10844     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be
10845     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but
10846     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly.
10847     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to
10848     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating
10849     layout.
10850
10851     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
10852     """
10853     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10854     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10855     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10856         """
10857         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
10858
10859         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
10860         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
10861
10862         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
10863         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
10864         methods are called.
10865
10866         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
10867         """
10868         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
10869     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
10870     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10871     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
10872         """
10873         DeleteWindows(self)
10874
10875         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
10876         of item.
10877         """
10878         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
10879
10880     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10881         """
10882         DetachSizer(self)
10883
10884         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
10885         """
10886         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10887
10888     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
10889         """
10890         GetSize(self) -> Size
10891
10892         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10893         """
10894         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
10895
10896     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
10897         """
10898         CalcMin(self) -> Size
10899
10900         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
10901         needed by borders.
10902         """
10903         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
10904
10905     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
10906         """
10907         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
10908
10909         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
10910         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
10911         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
10912         account.
10913         """
10914         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
10915
10916     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
10917         """
10918         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
10919
10920         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
10921         """
10922         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
10923
10924     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10925         """
10926         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
10927
10928         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
10929         added, if needed.
10930         """
10931         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10932
10933     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
10934         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
10935         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
10936
10937     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
10938         """
10939         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
10940
10941         Set the ratio item attribute.
10942         """
10943         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
10944
10945     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
10946         """
10947         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
10948
10949         Set the ratio item attribute.
10950         """
10951         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
10952
10953     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10954         """
10955         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
10956
10957         Set the ratio item attribute.
10958         """
10959         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10960
10961     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10962         """
10963         GetRatio(self) -> float
10964
10965         Set the ratio item attribute.
10966         """
10967         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10968
10969     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
10970         """
10971         GetRect(self) -> Rect
10972
10973         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
10974         """
10975         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
10976
10977     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10978         """
10979         IsWindow(self) -> bool
10980
10981         Is this sizer item a window?
10982         """
10983         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10984
10985     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10986         """
10987         IsSizer(self) -> bool
10988
10989         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
10990         """
10991         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10992
10993     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10994         """
10995         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
10996
10997         Is this sizer item a spacer?
10998         """
10999         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11000
11001     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
11002         """
11003         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
11004
11005         Set the proportion value for this item.
11006         """
11007         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11008
11009     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
11010         """
11011         GetProportion(self) -> int
11012
11013         Get the proportion value for this item.
11014         """
11015         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11016
11017     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
11018     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
11019     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
11020         """
11021         SetFlag(self, int flag)
11022
11023         Set the flag value for this item.
11024         """
11025         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
11026
11027     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
11028         """
11029         GetFlag(self) -> int
11030
11031         Get the flag value for this item.
11032         """
11033         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
11034
11035     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11036         """
11037         SetBorder(self, int border)
11038
11039         Set the border value for this item.
11040         """
11041         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11042
11043     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11044         """
11045         GetBorder(self) -> int
11046
11047         Get the border value for this item.
11048         """
11049         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11050
11051     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11052         """
11053         GetWindow(self) -> Window
11054
11055         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
11056         """
11057         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11058
11059     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11060         """
11061         SetWindow(self, Window window)
11062
11063         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
11064         """
11065         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11066
11067     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11068         """
11069         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
11070
11071         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
11072         """
11073         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11074
11075     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11076         """
11077         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
11078
11079         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
11080         """
11081         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11082
11083     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11084         """
11085         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
11086
11087         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
11088         """
11089         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11090
11091     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11092         """
11093         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
11094
11095         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
11096         """
11097         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11098
11099     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11100         """
11101         Show(self, bool show)
11102
11103         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
11104         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
11105         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
11106         """
11107         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11108
11109     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11110         """
11111         IsShown(self) -> bool
11112
11113         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
11114         """
11115         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11116
11117     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11118         """
11119         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11120
11121         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
11122         """
11123         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11124
11125     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
11126         """
11127         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
11128
11129         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
11130         isn't any.
11131         """
11132         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
11133
11134     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
11135         """
11136         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
11137
11138         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
11139         """
11140         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
11141
11142 _core_.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
11143
11144 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11145     """
11146     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11147         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11148
11149     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
11150     """
11151     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11152     return val
11153
11154 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11155     """
11156     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11157         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11158
11159     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
11160     """
11161     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11162     return val
11163
11164 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11165     """
11166     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11167         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11168
11169     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
11170     """
11171     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11172     return val
11173
11174 class Sizer(Object):
11175     """
11176     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
11177     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
11178     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
11179     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`, `wx.FlexGridSizer` and
11180     `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11181
11182     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
11183     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
11184     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
11185     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
11186     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
11187     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
11188     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
11189     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
11190     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
11191     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
11192     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
11193     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
11194     compared to a real window on screen.
11195
11196     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
11197     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
11198     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
11199     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
11200     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
11201     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
11202     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
11203     """
11204     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11205     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11206     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11207     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
11208     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11209     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11210         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
11211         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11212
11213     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
11214         """
11215         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11216             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11217
11218         Appends a child item to the sizer.
11219         """
11220         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
11221
11222     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11223         """
11224         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11225             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11226
11227         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
11228         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11229         """
11230         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11231
11232     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
11233         """
11234         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11235             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11236
11237         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
11238         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11239         """
11240         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
11241
11242     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11243         """
11244         Remove(self, item) -> bool
11245
11246         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
11247         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
11248         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
11249         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
11250         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
11251         and removed.
11252         """
11253         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11254
11255     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11256         """
11257         Detach(self, item) -> bool
11258
11259         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
11260         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
11261         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11262         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
11263         was found and detached.
11264         """
11265         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11266
11267     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
11268         """
11269         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem
11270
11271         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
11272         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11273         the item to be found.
11274         """
11275         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
11276
11277     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11278         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
11279         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11280
11281     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
11282         """
11283         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
11284
11285         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
11286         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11287         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
11288         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
11289         """
11290         if len(args) == 2:
11291             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
11292             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
11293         else:
11294             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
11295
11296     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
11297         """
11298         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
11299
11300         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11301         """
11302         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
11303
11304     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
11305         """
11306         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
11307
11308         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
11309         """
11310         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
11311
11312     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
11313         """
11314         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
11315
11316         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11317         """
11318         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
11319
11320     def AddMany(self, items):
11321         """
11322         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
11323         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
11324         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
11325         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
11326         """
11327         for item in items:
11328             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
11329                 item = (item, )
11330             self.Add(*item)
11331
11332     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
11333     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11334         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11335         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11336     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11337         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11338         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11339     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11340         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11341         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11342
11343     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11344         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11345         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11346     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11347         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11348         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11349     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11350         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11351         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11352
11353     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11354         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11355         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11356     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11357         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11358         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11359     def InsertSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11360         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11361         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11362
11363     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11364         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11365         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11366     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11367         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11368         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11369     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
11370         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11371         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11372
11373
11374     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11375         """
11376         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
11377
11378         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
11379         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
11380         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
11381         methods.
11382         """
11383         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11384
11385     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11386         """
11387         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
11388
11389         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
11390         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
11391         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
11392         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
11393         here, depending on which is bigger.
11394         """
11395         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11396
11397     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11398         """
11399         GetSize(self) -> Size
11400
11401         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
11402         """
11403         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11404
11405     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11406         """
11407         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11408
11409         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
11410         """
11411         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11412
11413     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11414         """
11415         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11416
11417         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
11418         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
11419         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
11420         """
11421         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11422
11423     def GetSizeTuple(self):
11424         return self.GetSize().Get()
11425     def GetPositionTuple(self):
11426         return self.GetPosition().Get()
11427     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
11428         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
11429
11430     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
11431         """
11432         RecalcSizes(self)
11433
11434         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
11435         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
11436         it is called by `Layout`.
11437         """
11438         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
11439
11440     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11441         """
11442         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11443
11444         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
11445         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
11446         it is called by `Layout`.
11447         """
11448         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11449
11450     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
11451         """
11452         Layout(self)
11453
11454         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
11455         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
11456         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
11457         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
11458         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
11459         removed.
11460         """
11461         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
11462
11463     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
11464         """
11465         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
11466
11467         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
11468         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
11469         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
11470         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
11471
11472         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
11473         """
11474         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
11475
11476     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
11477         """
11478         FitInside(self, Window window)
11479
11480         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
11481         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
11482         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
11483         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
11484
11485         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
11486
11487         """
11488         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
11489
11490     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11491         """
11492         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
11493
11494         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
11495         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
11496         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
11497         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
11498         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
11499         required by the sizer.
11500         """
11501         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11502
11503     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11504         """
11505         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
11506
11507         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
11508         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
11509         this will set them appropriately.
11510
11511         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
11512
11513         """
11514         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11515
11516     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11517         """
11518         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
11519
11520         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
11521         as well.
11522         """
11523         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11524
11525     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11526         """
11527         DeleteWindows(self)
11528
11529         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
11530         """
11531         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11532
11533     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
11534         """
11535         GetChildren(self) -> list
11536
11537         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
11538         """
11539         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
11540
11541     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11542         """
11543         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
11544
11545         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
11546         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11547         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11548         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
11549         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
11550         """
11551         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11552
11553     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11554         """
11555         IsShown(self, item)
11556
11557         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
11558         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11559         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11560         the item.
11561         """
11562         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11563
11564     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
11565         """
11566         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
11567         """
11568         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
11569
11570     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
11571         """
11572         ShowItems(self, bool show)
11573
11574         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
11575         """
11576         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
11577
11578 _core_.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
11579
11580 class PySizer(Sizer):
11581     """
11582     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
11583     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
11584     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
11585     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
11586     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
11587     For example::
11588
11589         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
11590              def __init__(self):
11591                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
11592
11593              def CalcMin(self):
11594                  for item in self.GetChildren():
11595                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
11596                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
11597                       # layout algorithm.
11598                       ...
11599                  return wx.Size(width, height)
11600
11601               def RecalcSizes(self):
11602                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
11603                   pos = self.GetPosition()
11604                   size = self.GetSize()
11605                   for item in self.GetChildren():
11606                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
11607                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
11608                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
11609                       # space alloted to this sizer.
11610                       ...
11611                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
11612
11613
11614     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
11615     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
11616     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
11617
11618     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
11619
11620
11621     """
11622     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11623     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11624     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11625         """
11626         __init__(self) -> PySizer
11627
11628         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
11629         class.
11630         """
11631         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
11632         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PySizer);self._setOORInfo(self)
11633
11634     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11635         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
11636         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11637
11638 _core_.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
11639
11640 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11641
11642 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
11643     """
11644     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
11645     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
11646     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
11647     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
11648     parameter passed to the constructor.
11649     """
11650     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11651     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11652     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11653         """
11654         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
11655
11656         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
11657         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
11658         sizer.
11659         """
11660         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11661         self._setOORInfo(self)
11662
11663     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11664         """
11665         GetOrientation(self) -> int
11666
11667         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
11668         """
11669         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11670
11671     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11672         """
11673         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
11674
11675         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
11676         """
11677         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11678
11679 _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
11680
11681 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11682
11683 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
11684     """
11685     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
11686     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
11687     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
11688     passed to the sizer constructor.
11689     """
11690     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11691     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11692     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11693         """
11694         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
11695
11696         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
11697         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
11698         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
11699         """
11700         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11701         self._setOORInfo(self)
11702
11703     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
11704         """
11705         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
11706
11707         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
11708         """
11709         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
11710
11711 _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
11712
11713 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11714
11715 class GridSizer(Sizer):
11716     """
11717     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11718     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
11719     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
11720     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
11721     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
11722     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
11723
11724     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
11725     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
11726     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
11727     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
11728     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
11729     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11730
11731     """
11732     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11733     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11734     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11735         """
11736         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
11737
11738         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
11739         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
11740         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11741         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11742         define extra space between all children.
11743         """
11744         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11745         self._setOORInfo(self)
11746
11747     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11748         """
11749         SetCols(self, int cols)
11750
11751         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
11752         """
11753         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11754
11755     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11756         """
11757         SetRows(self, int rows)
11758
11759         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
11760         """
11761         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11762
11763     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11764         """
11765         SetVGap(self, int gap)
11766
11767         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11768         """
11769         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11770
11771     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11772         """
11773         SetHGap(self, int gap)
11774
11775         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
11776         """
11777         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11778
11779     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11780         """
11781         GetCols(self) -> int
11782
11783         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
11784         """
11785         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11786
11787     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11788         """
11789         GetRows(self) -> int
11790
11791         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
11792         """
11793         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11794
11795     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11796         """
11797         GetVGap(self) -> int
11798
11799         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11800         """
11801         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11802
11803     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11804         """
11805         GetHGap(self) -> int
11806
11807         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
11808         """
11809         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11810
11811     def CalcRowsCols(self):
11812         """
11813         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
11814
11815         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
11816         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
11817         in the constructor.
11818         """
11819         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
11820         rows = self.GetRows()
11821         cols = self.GetCols()
11822         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
11823         if cols != 0:
11824             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
11825         elif rows != 0:
11826             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
11827         return (rows, cols)
11828
11829 _core_.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
11830
11831 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11832
11833 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
11834 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
11835 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
11836 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
11837     """
11838     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11839     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
11840     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
11841     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
11842     the `wx.GridSizer`.
11843
11844     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
11845     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
11846     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
11847     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
11848     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
11849     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
11850
11851
11852     """
11853     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11854     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11855     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11856         """
11857         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
11858
11859         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
11860         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
11861         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11862         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11863         define extra space between all children.
11864         """
11865         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11866         self._setOORInfo(self)
11867
11868     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11869         """
11870         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11871
11872         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
11873         is extra space available to the sizer.
11874
11875         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11876         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11877         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11878         """
11879         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11880
11881     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11882         """
11883         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
11884
11885         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
11886         """
11887         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11888
11889     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11890         """
11891         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11892
11893         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
11894         there is extra space available to the sizer.
11895
11896         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11897         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11898         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11899         """
11900         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11901
11902     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11903         """
11904         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
11905
11906         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
11907         """
11908         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11909
11910     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11911         """
11912         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
11913
11914         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
11915         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
11916         other value is ignored.
11917
11918             ==============    =======================================
11919             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
11920             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
11921             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
11922                               (this is the default value).
11923             ==============    =======================================
11924
11925         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11926
11927         """
11928         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11929
11930     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11931         """
11932         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
11933
11934         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
11935         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
11936
11937         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
11938         """
11939         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11940
11941     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11942         """
11943         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
11944
11945         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
11946         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
11947         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
11948
11949             ==========================  =================================================
11950             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
11951             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
11952                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
11953                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
11954                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
11955             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
11956                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
11957                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
11958             ==========================  =================================================
11959
11960         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11961
11962
11963         """
11964         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11965
11966     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11967         """
11968         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
11969
11970         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
11971         non-flexible direction if there is one.
11972
11973         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
11974         """
11975         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11976
11977     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
11978         """
11979         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
11980
11981         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
11982         rows in the sizer.
11983         """
11984         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
11985
11986     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
11987         """
11988         GetColWidths(self) -> list
11989
11990         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
11991         columns in the sizer.
11992         """
11993         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
11994
11995 _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
11996
11997 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
11998     """
11999     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
12000     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
12001     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
12002     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
12003     will take care of the rest.
12004
12005     """
12006     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12007     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12008     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12009         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
12010         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12011     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
12012         """
12013         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
12014
12015         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
12016         method in the base class.
12017         """
12018         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
12019
12020     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
12021         """
12022         Realize(self)
12023
12024         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
12025         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
12026         specifc manner.
12027         """
12028         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
12029
12030     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12031         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12032         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12033
12034     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12035         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12036         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12037
12038     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
12039         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12040         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
12041
12042     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12043         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12044         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12045
12046     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
12047         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12048         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
12049
12050     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12051         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12052         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12053
12054     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
12055         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12056         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
12057
12058     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
12059         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12060         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
12061
12062 _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
12063
12064 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12065
12066 class GBPosition(object):
12067     """
12068     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
12069     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
12070     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
12071     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
12072     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
12073     """
12074     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12075     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12076     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12077         """
12078         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
12079
12080         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
12081         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
12082         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
12083         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
12084         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
12085         """
12086         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
12087     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
12088     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12089     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
12090         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
12091         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
12092
12093     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
12094         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
12095         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
12096
12097     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
12098         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
12099         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
12100
12101     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
12102         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
12103         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
12104
12105     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12106         """
12107         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12108
12109         Compare GBPosition for equality.
12110         """
12111         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12112
12113     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12114         """
12115         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12116
12117         Compare GBPosition for inequality.
12118         """
12119         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12120
12121     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12122         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
12123         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12124
12125     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12126         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12127         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12128
12129     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12130     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12131     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
12132     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12133     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12134     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12135         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
12136         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
12137         else: raise IndexError
12138     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12139     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12140     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
12141
12142     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
12143     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
12144
12145 _core_.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
12146
12147 class GBSpan(object):
12148     """
12149     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
12150     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
12151     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
12152     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
12153     nearly transparently in Python code.
12154
12155     """
12156     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12157     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12158     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12159         """
12160         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
12161
12162         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
12163         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
12164         cell in each direction.
12165         """
12166         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
12167     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
12168     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12169     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12170         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
12171         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12172
12173     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12174         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
12175         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12176
12177     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12178         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
12179         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12180
12181     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12182         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
12183         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12184
12185     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12186         """
12187         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12188
12189         Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
12190         """
12191         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12192
12193     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12194         """
12195         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12196
12197         Compare GBSpan for inequality.
12198         """
12199         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12200
12201     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12202         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
12203         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12204
12205     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12206         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12207         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12208
12209     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12210     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12211     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
12212     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12213     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12214     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12215         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
12216         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
12217         else: raise IndexError
12218     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12219     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12220     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
12221
12222     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
12223     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
12224
12225 _core_.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
12226
12227 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
12228     """
12229     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
12230     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
12231     and how many rows or columns it spans.
12232
12233     """
12234     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12235     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12236     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12237         """
12238         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
12239
12240         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
12241         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
12242         item can be used in a Sizer.
12243
12244         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
12245         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
12246         """
12247         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
12248     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
12249     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12250     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12251         """
12252         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
12253
12254         Get the grid position of the item
12255         """
12256         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12257
12258     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
12259     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12260         """
12261         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
12262
12263         Get the row and column spanning of the item
12264         """
12265         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12266
12267     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
12268     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12269         """
12270         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12271
12272         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12273         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
12274         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
12275         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
12276         """
12277         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12278
12279     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12280         """
12281         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
12282
12283         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12284         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
12285         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
12286         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
12287
12288         """
12289         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12290
12291     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
12292         """
12293         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
12294
12295         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
12296         """
12297         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
12298
12299     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
12300         """
12301         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
12302
12303         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
12304         """
12305         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
12306
12307     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
12308         """
12309         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
12310
12311         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
12312         """
12313         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
12314
12315     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12316         """
12317         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
12318
12319         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
12320         """
12321         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12322
12323     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12324         """
12325         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
12326
12327         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
12328         """
12329         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12330
12331 _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
12332 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
12333
12334 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12335     """
12336     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12337         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12338
12339     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
12340     """
12341     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12342     return val
12343
12344 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12345     """
12346     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12347         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12348
12349     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
12350     """
12351     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12352     return val
12353
12354 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12355     """
12356     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
12357         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12358
12359     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
12360     """
12361     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12362     return val
12363
12364 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
12365     """
12366     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
12367     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
12368     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
12369     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
12370     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
12371     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
12372
12373     """
12374     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12375     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12376     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12377         """
12378         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
12379
12380         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
12381         rows and columns.
12382         """
12383         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12384         self._setOORInfo(self)
12385
12386     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12387         """
12388         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
12389         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12390
12391         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
12392         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
12393         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
12394
12395         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
12396         position, False if something was already there.
12397
12398         """
12399         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12400
12401     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12402         """
12403         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12404
12405         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
12406         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
12407         something was already there.
12408         """
12409         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12410
12411     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12412         """
12413         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
12414
12415         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
12416         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
12417         """
12418         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12419
12420     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12421         """
12422         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
12423
12424         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12425         """
12426         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12427
12428     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12429         """
12430         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
12431
12432         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12433         """
12434         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12435
12436     def GetItemPosition(*args):
12437         """
12438         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
12439
12440         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12441         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12442         index of an item.
12443         """
12444         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
12445
12446     def SetItemPosition(*args):
12447         """
12448         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12449
12450         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12451         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12452         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
12453         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12454
12455         """
12456         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
12457
12458     def GetItemSpan(*args):
12459         """
12460         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
12461
12462         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12463         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12464         zero-based index of an item.
12465         """
12466         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
12467
12468     def SetItemSpan(*args):
12469         """
12470         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
12471
12472         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12473         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12474         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
12475         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12476         """
12477         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
12478
12479     def FindItem(*args):
12480         """
12481         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
12482
12483         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
12484         not found. (non-recursive)
12485         """
12486         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
12487
12488     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12489         """
12490         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
12491
12492         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
12493         item at that position. (non-recursive)
12494         """
12495         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12496
12497     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
12498         """
12499         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
12500
12501         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
12502         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
12503         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
12504         layout. (non-recursive)
12505         """
12506         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
12507
12508     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
12509         """
12510         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12511
12512         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12513         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
12514         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
12515         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12516         position of.
12517
12518         """
12519         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
12520
12521     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
12522         """
12523         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12524
12525         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12526         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
12527         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
12528         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12529         position of.
12530         """
12531         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
12532
12533 _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
12534
12535 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12536
12537 Left = _core_.Left
12538 Top = _core_.Top
12539 Right = _core_.Right
12540 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
12541 Width = _core_.Width
12542 Height = _core_.Height
12543 Centre = _core_.Centre
12544 Center = _core_.Center
12545 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
12546 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
12547 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
12548 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
12549 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
12550 Above = _core_.Above
12551 Below = _core_.Below
12552 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
12553 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
12554 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
12555 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
12556 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
12557     """
12558     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
12559     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
12560     You will never need to create an instance of
12561     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
12562     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
12563     that it contains.
12564     """
12565     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12566     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
12567     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12568     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12569         """
12570         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
12571
12572         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
12573         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
12574         """
12575         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12576
12577     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
12578         """
12579         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12580
12581         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
12582         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
12583         other window.
12584         """
12585         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
12586
12587     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
12588         """
12589         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12590
12591         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
12592         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
12593         other window.
12594         """
12595         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
12596
12597     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
12598         """
12599         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12600
12601         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
12602         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
12603         window.
12604         """
12605         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
12606
12607     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
12608         """
12609         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12610
12611         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
12612         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
12613         window.
12614         """
12615         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
12616
12617     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
12618         """
12619         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
12620
12621         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
12622         given window, with an optional margin.
12623         """
12624         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
12625
12626     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
12627         """
12628         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
12629
12630         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
12631         window, with an optional margin.
12632         """
12633         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
12634
12635     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
12636         """
12637         Absolute(self, int val)
12638
12639         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
12640         """
12641         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
12642
12643     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
12644         """
12645         Unconstrained(self)
12646
12647         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
12648         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
12649         """
12650         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
12651
12652     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
12653         """
12654         AsIs(self)
12655
12656         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
12657         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
12658         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
12659         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
12660         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
12661         button label.
12662         """
12663         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
12664
12665     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12666         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
12667         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12668
12669     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12670         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
12671         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12672
12673     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12674         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
12675         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12676
12677     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12678         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
12679         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12680
12681     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12682         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
12683         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12684
12685     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12686         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
12687         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12688
12689     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12690         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
12691         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12692
12693     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
12694         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
12695         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
12696
12697     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12698         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
12699         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12700
12701     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12702         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
12703         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12704
12705     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12706         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
12707         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12708
12709     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12710         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
12711         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12712
12713     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12714         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
12715         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12716
12717     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
12718         """
12719         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
12720
12721         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
12722         """
12723         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
12724
12725     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
12726         """
12727         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
12728
12729         Try to satisfy constraint
12730         """
12731         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
12732
12733     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12734         """
12735         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
12736
12737         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
12738         is not determinable, -1.
12739         """
12740         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12741
12742 _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
12743
12744 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
12745     """
12746     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
12747     instead.
12748
12749     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
12750     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
12751
12752     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
12753     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
12754     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
12755
12756         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
12757         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
12758         * top: represents the top edge of the window
12759         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
12760         * width: represents the width of the window
12761         * height: represents the height of the window
12762         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
12763         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
12764
12765     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
12766     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
12767     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
12768     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
12769     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
12770     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
12771     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
12772
12773     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
12774
12775     """
12776     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12777     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12778     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
12779     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
12780     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
12781     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
12782     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
12783     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
12784     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
12785     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
12786     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12787         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
12788         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
12789     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
12790     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12791     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
12792         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
12793         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
12794
12795     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
12796         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
12797         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
12798
12799 _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
12800
12801 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12802
12803 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
12804 try:
12805     True
12806 except NameError:
12807     __builtins__.True = 1==1
12808     __builtins__.False = 1==0
12809     def bool(value): return not not value
12810     __builtins__.bool = bool
12811
12812
12813
12814 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
12815 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
12816 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
12817 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
12818
12819
12820 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12821 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
12822 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
12823
12824 from __version__ import *
12825 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
12826
12827 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12828 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12829 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
12830     import warnings
12831     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
12832
12833 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12834
12835 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
12836 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
12837 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
12838 # encoding we need to use as well.)
12839 #
12840 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
12841 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
12842 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
12843 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
12844 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
12845 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
12846
12847 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12848 if default == 'ascii':
12849     import locale
12850     import codecs
12851     try:
12852         default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
12853         codecs.lookup(default)
12854     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
12855         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12856     del locale
12857     del codecs
12858 if default:
12859     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
12860 del default
12861
12862 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12863
12864 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
12865     pass
12866
12867 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
12868     """
12869     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
12870     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
12871     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
12872     """
12873     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
12874     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
12875
12876     def __repr__(self):
12877         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12878             self._name = "[unknown]"
12879         return self.reprStr % self._name
12880
12881     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12882         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12883             self._name = "[unknown]"
12884         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
12885
12886     def __nonzero__(self):
12887         return 0
12888
12889
12890
12891 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
12892     pass
12893
12894 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
12895     """
12896     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
12897     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
12898     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
12899     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
12900     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
12901     is ready.
12902     """
12903
12904     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
12905     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
12906
12907     def __repr__(self):
12908         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12909         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12910         return self.reprStr #% self._name
12911
12912     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12913         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12914         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12915         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
12916
12917     def __nonzero__(self):
12918         return 0
12919
12920
12921 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12922
12923 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
12924     """
12925     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
12926     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
12927     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
12928     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
12929
12930     :see: `wx.FutureCall`
12931     """
12932     app = wx.GetApp()
12933     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
12934
12935     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
12936         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
12937         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
12938                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
12939     evt = wx.PyEvent()
12940     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
12941     evt.callable = callable
12942     evt.args = args
12943     evt.kw = kw
12944     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
12945
12946 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12947
12948
12949 class FutureCall:
12950     """
12951     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
12952     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
12953     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
12954     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
12955
12956     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
12957     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
12958     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
12959     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
12960     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.FutureCall
12961     object.
12962
12963     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
12964     """
12965     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
12966         self.millis = millis
12967         self.callable = callable
12968         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12969         self.runCount = 0
12970         self.running = False
12971         self.hasRun = False
12972         self.result = None
12973         self.timer = None
12974         self.Start()
12975
12976     def __del__(self):
12977         self.Stop()
12978
12979
12980     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
12981         """
12982         (Re)start the timer
12983         """
12984         self.hasRun = False
12985         if millis is not None:
12986             self.millis = millis
12987         if args or kwargs:
12988             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12989         self.Stop()
12990         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
12991         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
12992         self.running = True
12993     Restart = Start
12994
12995
12996     def Stop(self):
12997         """
12998         Stop and destroy the timer.
12999         """
13000         if self.timer is not None:
13001             self.timer.Stop()
13002             self.timer = None
13003
13004
13005     def GetInterval(self):
13006         if self.timer is not None:
13007             return self.timer.GetInterval()
13008         else:
13009             return 0
13010
13011
13012     def IsRunning(self):
13013         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
13014
13015
13016     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
13017         """
13018         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
13019         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
13020         new call to the same callable object but with different
13021         parameters.
13022         """
13023         self.args = args
13024         self.kwargs = kwargs
13025
13026
13027     def HasRun(self):
13028         return self.hasRun
13029
13030     def GetResult(self):
13031         return self.result
13032
13033     def Notify(self):
13034         """
13035         The timer has expired so call the callable.
13036         """
13037         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
13038             self.runCount += 1
13039             self.running = False
13040             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
13041         self.hasRun = True
13042         if not self.running:
13043             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
13044             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
13045
13046
13047
13048 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13049 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
13050 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
13051 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
13052 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
13053 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
13054 # where they should be used.
13055
13056 class __DocFilter:
13057     """
13058     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
13059     functions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
13060     """
13061     def __init__(self, globals):
13062         self._globals = globals
13063
13064     def __call__(self, name):
13065         import types
13066         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
13067
13068         # only document classes and function
13069         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
13070             return False
13071
13072         # skip other things that are private or will be documented as part of somethign else
13073         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
13074             return False
13075
13076         # skip functions that are duplicates of static functions in a class
13077         if name.find('_') != -1:
13078             cls = self._globals.get(name.split('_')[0], None)
13079             methname = name.split('_')[1]
13080             if hasattr(cls, methname) and type(getattr(cls, methname)) is types.FunctionType:
13081                 return False
13082
13083         return True
13084
13085 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13086 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13087
13088 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
13089 # "core" wx namespace
13090 from _gdi import *
13091 from _windows import *
13092 from _controls import *
13093 from _misc import *
13094
13095 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13096 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13097
13098
13099